SEC Filing | Chemours

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

t1701471-424b2 - none - 11.0961095s

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2)

Registration Statement No. 333-217642

This preliminary prospectus supplement relates to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but is not complete and may be changed. This preliminary prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are not an offer to sell these securities and are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED May 9, 2017

Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated May 4, 2017)

The Chemours Company

$500,000,000 % Senior Notes due 2027

The Chemours Company (“Chemours,” “we” or “us”) will pay interest on the % senior notes due 2027, which we refer to as the notes, semi-annually in arrears on and of each year. We will make the first interest payment on the notes on , 2017. The notes will mature on , 2027. We will issue the notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

We may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, from time to time at our option, prior to , 2027 (the date that is three months prior to the maturity of the notes), at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus a specified “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, and on or after , 2027, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. See “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.” We must offer to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control repurchase event at the price described in this prospectus supplement under “Description of the Notes — Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control.” We may from time to time purchase the notes in the open market or otherwise.

The notes will be our senior obligations and will be pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated indebtedness. The notes will be jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured unsubordinated basis by each of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries that incurs or guarantees indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) or guarantees other indebtedness of Chemours or any guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100 million (collectively, the “guarantors”). Any such subsidiary guarantee of the notes may be released under certain circumstances, including upon the release or discharge of such subsidiary from all of its other indebtedness for borrowed money, including its guarantees of other indebtedness for borrowed money, as described in this prospectus supplement. Each of our notes will be effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured indebtedness, including borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such secured indebtedness, and will be structurally subordinated to the liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange.

Investing in the notes involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Price to
Public(1)

Underwriting
Discount

Proceeds Before
Expenses
to Issuer(1)

Per Note

Total

(1)

Plus accrued interest, if any, from , 2017 if settlement occurs after that date.

Delivery of the notes in book-entry form only will be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company and its participants, including Euroclear System and Clearstream Banking, S.A., on or about May , 2017.

Joint Book-Running Managers

Credit Suisse

J.P. Morgan

Citigroup

Barclays

TD Securities

Co-Managers

HSBC

Mizuho Securities

RBC Capital Markets

The date of this prospectus supplement is , 2017.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

	About this prospectus supplement					S-1
	F orward-looking statements					S-2
	Summary					S-4
	The offering					S-6
	Summary historical consolidated financial and other data					S-9
	Risk factors					S-13
	Use of proceeds					S-27
	Capitalization					S-28
	Description of other indebtedness					S-29
	Description of the notes					S-30
	Underwriting					S-51
	Validity of the notes					S-55
	Experts					S-55
	Where you can find more information					S-55

Prospectus

	About this prospectus					1
	Prospectus summary					2
	Risk factors					5
	Use of proceeds					8
	Ratios of earnings to fixed charges					8
	Description of debt securities					9
	Description of warrants					27
	Description of preferred stock					30
	Description of common stock					32
	Registration and settlement					33
	Description of other indebtedness					40
	U.S. federal income tax considerations					43
	Plan of distribution					63
	ERISA considerations					65
	Where you can find more information					68
	Forward-looking statements					69
	Legal matters					71
	Experts					71

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus or information contained in a free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be used only for the purpose for which they have been prepared. No one is authorized to give information other than that contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it.

We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information appearing in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither this prospectus supplement nor the accompanying prospectus constitutes an offer, or an invitation on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters, to subscribe for and purchase any of the securities and may not be used for or in connection with an offer or solicitation by anyone, in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About this prospectus supplement

We provide information to you about the notes in two separate documents: (1) this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of the notes and also adds to and updates information contained in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference in that prospectus, and (2) the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information about securities we may offer from time to time, including securities other than the notes that are being offered by this prospectus supplement. If information in this prospectus supplement is inconsistent with the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement.

It is important for you to read and consider all of the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus in making your investment decision. You also should read and consider the information in the documents we have referred you to in “Where You Can Find More Information” on page S-55 of this prospectus supplement and page 68 of the accompanying prospectus, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, respectively.

We include cross-references in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find additional related discussions. The table of contents in this prospectus supplement provides the pages on which these captions are located.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “The Chemours Company,” “Chemours,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to The Chemours Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

S-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-Looking Statements

Information we have included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contains or may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statements were made. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement.

Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and expectations of future events which may not be accurate or realized. Forward-looking statements also involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Important factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:

•

fluctuations in energy and raw material prices;

•

failure to develop and market new products and optimally manage product life cycles;

•

our substantial indebtedness and availability of borrowing facilities, including access to our revolving credit facilities;

•

uncertainty regarding the availability of additional financing in the future, and the terms of such financing;

•

negative rating agency actions;

•

significant litigation and environmental matters, including indemnifications we were required to assume;

•

failure to appropriately manage process safety and product stewardship issues;

•

changes in laws and regulations or political conditions;

•

global economic and capital markets conditions, such as inflation, interest and currency exchange rates, and commodity prices, as well as regulatory requirements;

•

currency related risks;

•

business or supply disruptions and security threats, such as acts of sabotage, terrorism or war, weather events and natural disasters;

•

ability to protect, defend and enforce Chemours’ intellectual property rights;

•

increased competition and increasing consolidation of our core customers;

•

changes in relationships with our significant customers and suppliers;

•

significant or unanticipated expenses, including but not limited to litigation or legal settlement expenses;

•

our ability to predict, identify and interpret changes in consumer preference and demand;

•

our ability to realize the expected benefits of our separation from E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”) on July 1, 2015;

•

our ability to complete potential divestitures or acquisitions and our ability to realize the expected benefits of divestitures or acquisitions if they are completed;

•

our ability to deliver cost savings as anticipated, whether or not on the timelines proposed;

•

our ability to pay a dividend and the amount of any such dividend declared; and

•

disruptions in our information technology networks and systems.

S-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, there may be other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to identify at this time or that we do not currently expect to have a material impact on our business. We assume no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement for any reason, except as required by law.

S-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary

The following summary should be read together with the information contained in other parts of this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus, including the documents that we refer to and incorporate by reference herein. This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to help you understand the offering the notes. You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the documents we incorporate by reference herein, carefully to understand fully the terms of the notes as well as the other considerations that are important to you in making a decision about whether to invest in the notes. You should pay special attention to the “Risk factors” section beginning on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement and the “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 to determine whether an investment in the notes is appropriate for you.

The Chemours Company

The Chemours Company, a Delaware corporation, is a leading global provider of performance chemicals. Our company is comprised of three reportable segments: Titanium Technologies, Fluoroproducts and Chemical Solutions. Our Titanium Technologies segment is the leading global producer of titanium dioxide (TiO2), a premium white pigment used to deliver whiteness, brightness, opacity and protection in a variety of applications. Our Fluoroproducts segment is a leading global provider of fluoroproducts, including refrigerants and industrial fluoropolymer resins. Our Chemical Solutions segment is a leading North American provider of industrial chemicals used in gold production, oil and gas, water treatment and other industries.

We operate 26 production facilities located in 10 countries and serve over 3,800 customers across a wide range of end markets in more than 130 countries. The following chart illustrates the global sales of our businesses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

We are committed to creating value for our customers through the reliable delivery of high quality products and services around the globe. We create value for customers and stockholders through (i) operational excellence and asset efficiency, which includes our commitment to safety and environmental stewardship, (ii) strong customer focus to produce innovative, high-performance products, (iii) focus on cash flow generation through optimization of our cost structure, and improvement in working capital and supply chain efficiencies through our transformation plan, (iv) organic growth and inorganic expansions to current business and (v) creation of an organization that is committed to our corporate values of safety, customer appreciation, simplicity, collective entrepreneurship and integrity.

Many of our commercial and industrial relationships span decades. Our customer base includes a diverse set of companies, many of which are leaders in their respective industries. Our sales are not materially dependent on any single customer. As of December 31, 2016, no one individual customer balance represented more than five percent of our total outstanding receivables balance and no one individual customer represented more than ten percent of our sales.

S-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the twelve months ended March 31, 2017, net income attributable to Chemours was $106 million and Adjusted EBITDA was $979 million.

Segments

In our Titanium Technologies segment, we have a long-standing history of delivering high-quality TiO2 pigment using our proprietary chloride technology. We are the largest global producer of TiO2, and our low-cost network of manufacturing facilities allows us to efficiently and cost-effectively serve our global customer base. During 2016, we further enhanced our operating cost advantage with the startup of our second production line at our Altamira, Mexico facility. Chemours is well positioned to remain one of the lowest cost TiO2 producers and continue to meet our customers’ growing needs around the world.

In our Fluoroproducts segment, we are one of two globally integrated producers making both fluorochemicals and fluoropolymers. In Fluorochemicals, we expect to see increased adoption of Opteon™, the world’s lowest global warming potential refrigerant, as governments around the world pass legislation that makes the use of low global warming potential refrigerants a requirement. Our fluoropolymers offerings provide customers with tailored products that have unique properties, including very high temperature resistance and high chemical resistance. We will continue to invest in research and development to remain a leader in these areas, and ensure that we are able to meet our customers’ needs as regulations change.

In our Chemical Solutions segment, we completed our strategic review of our portfolio in 2016, including the announced sales of the Beaumont Aniline facility, Clean & Disinfect business, and Sulfur products business, and ceased production at our Reactive Metals Solutions (RMS) facility in Niagara Falls, New York. We remain committed to retaining and improving our Mining Solutions business (previously known as Cyanides business) and the product lines at our Belle, West Virginia site. We are investing in our Mining Solutions business during 2017 and 2018 to increase our capacity by approximately 50 percent. This additional capacity will allow us to serve the growing demand for sodium cyanide in the gold mining industry in the Americas.

Company Information

Our headquarters are located at 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19899, and our telephone number is (302) 773-1000. Our website is www.chemours.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus.

S-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

The following is a brief summary of some of the terms of the offering. For a more complete description of the terms of the notes, please refer to “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus supplement. You should read carefully this entire prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus for a more complete understanding of us and the offering.

Issuer

The Chemours Company, a Delaware corporation.

Securities Offered

$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of % senior notes due 2027.

Maturity Date

The notes will mature on , 2027.

Interest Rate

The notes will bear interest at the rate of % per year from the original issuance date.

Interest Payment Date

We will pay interest on the notes semi-annually in arrears each and . We will make the first interest payment on , 2017.

Guarantees

The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured unsubordinated basis by each of our existing and future direct and indirect domestic restricted subsidiaries that (a) incurs or guarantees indebtedness under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or (b) guarantees other indebtedness of Chemours or any guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $100 million. The guarantees of the notes will rank equally with all other senior indebtedness of the guarantors. None of our foreign subsidiaries or holding companies thereof will guarantee the notes and no foreign subsidiaries or such holding companies are expected to guarantee the notes in the future. The guarantees are subject to release under certain circumstances, including upon the release or discharge of such subsidiary from all of its other indebtedness for borrowed money, including its guarantees of other indebtedness for borrowed money, as described in this prospectus supplement. See “Description of the Notes — Subsidiary Guarantees.”

Ranking

The notes and the guarantees thereof will be our and the guarantors’ senior obligations and will be:

•

effectively subordinated to any of our and the guarantors’ existing or future secured indebtedness (including existing and future obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such secured indebtedness;

•

structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of each of our non-guarantor subsidiaries;

•

pari passu in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness; and

•

senior in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness.

S-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Optional Redemption

The notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, from time to time at our option, prior to , 2027 (the date that is three months prior to the maturity of the notes), at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus a specified “make-whole” premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, and on or after , 2027, at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date. See “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.”

Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event

If we experience a “Change of Control Repurchase Event” (as defined in this prospectus supplement), we will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase. See “Description of the Notes — Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control Repurchase Event.”

Covenants

The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants that, among other matters, limit:

•

our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to create or assume liens securing indebtedness; and

•

our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

•

our ability to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to, another person.

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be approximately $494 million (after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses). The net proceeds of this offering will be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes (including for payment of settlement costs relating to the PFOA multi-district litigation settlement, if finalized).

Absence of Market for the Notes

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We currently do not intend to apply to list the notes on any securities exchange or to seek their admission to trading on any automated quotation system. Accordingly, we cannot provide any assurance as to the development or liquidity of any markets for the notes. See “Underwriting.”

Further Issuances

We may, without the consent of the holders of the notes, create and issue additional notes ranking equally with the notes (other than the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes). Such notes may form a single series with the notes offered hereby.

S-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Denomination and Form

The notes will be issued in book-entry form and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

Governing Law

The notes and the indenture will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Risk Factors

Investing in the notes involves risks. Before deciding whether to invest in the notes, you should carefully consider the information set forth in the section of this prospectus supplement entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-13, as well as the other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

S-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

We derived the summary historical consolidated statement of operations data, the statement of cash flows data and the other GAAP financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, presented below, from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement. The non-GAAP data provided below, however, was derived from sources other than the audited consolidated financial statements. We derived the summary historical consolidated statement of operations data, statement of cash flows data and the other GAAP financial data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, presented below, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement. In the opinion of our management, the interim financial information provided herein reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal and recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the data for the periods presented. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.

You should read the following summary historical consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter March 31, 2017, each of which are incorporated by reference herein, and our consolidated and condensed financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)	2017			2016			2016			2015
Statement of Operations
Net sales		$	1,437		$	1,297		$	5,400		$	5,717
Cost of goods sold			1,079			1,095			4,290			4,762
Selling, general and administrative expense			144			133			934			632
Research and development expense			19			23			80			97
Employee separation and asset related charges, net			12			17			170			333
Goodwill impairment			—			—			—			25
Total expenses			175			173			1,184			1,087
Equity in earnings of affiliates			7			5			29			22
Interest expense, net			(51)			(57)			(213)			(132)
Other income, net			34			93			247			54
Income (Loss) before income taxes			173			70			(11)			(188)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes			22			19			(18)			(98)
Net income (loss)			151			51			7			(90)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests			1			—			—			—
Net income (loss) attributable to Chemours			150			51			7			(90)
Statement of Cash Flows:
Operating activities:			41			36			594			182
Investing activities:			(63)			50			357			(497)
Financing activities:			11			(16)			(396)			687

S-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	As of March 31,				As of December 31,
(In millions)	2017		2016		2016		2015
Financial position at end of period:
Working capital(a)		976		884		782		835
Total assets		6,282		6,380		6,060		6,298
Borrowings and capital lease obligations, net(b)		3,552		3,954		3,544		3,954

(a)

Current assets minus current liabilities. Current assets include cash and cash equivalents of $898 million at March 31, 2017.

(b)

Amounts as of March 31, 2017 and 2016 and December 31, 2016 and 2015 include unamortized debt issuance costs and discount of $46 million, $58 million, $47 million and $60 million, respectively.

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,
	2017		2016		2016		2015
Other Financial Data
Adjusted EBITDA(a)		285		128		822		573
Adjusted Net Income(a)		142		11		187		143
Free Cash Flow(a)		(28)		(53)		256		(337)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(69)		(89)		338		519
Depreciation and amortization		71		66		284		267
Segment Data
Titanium Technologies:
Segment Net Sales		646		521		2,364		2,392
Adjusted EBITDA		159		54		466		326
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(b)		25%		10%		20%		14%
Fluoroproducts:
Segment Net Sales		652		531		2,264		2,230
Adjusted EBITDA		155		85		445		300
Adjusted EBITDA Margin		24%		16%		20%		13%
Chemical Solutions:
Segment Net Sales		139		245		772		1,095
Adjusted EBITDA		12		10		39		29
Adjusted EBITDA Margin		9%		4%		5%		3%

(a)

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income before taxes excluding the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization; non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs, which represent the components of net periodic pension costs; (income) excluding service cost component; exchange losses (gains) included in “other income, net” of the statement of operations; restructuring, asset-related charges and other charges, net; asset impairments; losses (gains) on sale of business or assets; and other items not considered indicative of our ongoing operational performance and expected to occur infrequently. Adjusted net income is defined as net income attributable to Chemours adjusted for items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA except interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and certain provision for (benefit from) income taxes. Free Cash Flow is defined as cash provided by (used for) operating activities less cash used for purchases of property, plant and

S-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equipment as disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction with GAAP financial measures, are useful financial analysis tools that can assist investors in assessing Chemours’ operating performance and underlying prospects. This analysis should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

(b)

Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by Segment Net Sales.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income attributable to Chemours, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the periods indicated is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,				Last Twelve Months (LTM)(e)
(In millions)	2017		2016		2016		2015		Last Twelve Months (LTM)(e)
Reconciliation of GAAP Net Income Attributable to Chemours to Adjusted EBITDA
Net income (loss) attributable to Chemours		150		51		7		(90)		$	106
Non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit income		(8)		(7)		(20)		(3)			(21)
Exchange (gains) losses		(5)		6		57		(19)			46
Restructuring charges		12		17		51		285			46
Asset related charges(a)		—		—		124		73			123
(Gain) loss on sale of assets or business		(16)		(89)		(254)		9			(181)
Transaction costs(b)		—		3		19		9			15
Legal and other charges(c)		7		5		359		8			361
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes relating to reconciling items(d)		2		25		(156)		(129)			(177)
Adjusted Net Income		142		11		187		143		$	318
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		1		—		—		—			1
Interest expense, net		51		57		213		132			208
Depreciation and amortization		71		66		284		267			289
All remaining provision for (benefit from) income taxes(d)		20		(6)		138		31			163
Adjusted EBITDA		285		128		822		573		$	979

(a)

The LTM period includes $13 million pre-tax asset impairment of our corporate headquarters building in Wilmington, Delaware recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016, $48 million pre-tax asset impairment of our Pascagoula Aniline facility primarily recorded in the third quarter of 2016, $58 million pre-tax asset impairment recorded in the second quarter of 2016 in connection with the sale of the Sulfur business. All charges, except for the corporate headquarters building (which is included in Corporate and Other), are recorded in the Chemical Solutions segment.

(b)

Includes accounting, legal and bankers transaction fees incurred related to the Company’s strategic initiatives, which includes transaction costs incurred in connection with the sales of the C&D and Sulfur businesses.

(c)

Includes litigation settlements, water treatment accrual related to PFOA and lease termination charges, as well as the $335 million PFOA MDL settlement accrual recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016.

(d)

Total of provision for (benefit from) income taxes reconciles to the amount reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods presented.

(e)

Last Twelve Months (LTM) determined based on year-end December 31, 2016 minus the three months ended March 31, 2016 plus the three months ended March 31, 2017.

S-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to cash flow provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the periods indicated is as follows:

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)	2017		2016		2016		2015
Reconciliation of GAAP Cash Flow to Free Cash Flow
Cash flow provided by operating activities		41		36(1)		594		182
Cash flow used for purchases of property, plant and equipment		(69)		(89)		(338)		(519)
Free Cash Flow		(28)		(53)		256		(337)

(1)

Cash flows from operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 include the advance prepayments from DuPont (for goods and services Chemours expects to provide to DuPont through mid-2017 under existing agreements) of $190 million received in the first quarter of 2016, of which, $15 million and $166 million remain outstanding as of March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

S-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk factors

Investing in the notes involves risks, including the risks described below that are specific to the notes and those that could affect us and our business. You should not purchase the notes unless you understand these investment risks. Please be aware that other risks may prove to be important in the future. New risks may emerge at any time and we cannot predict such risks or estimate the extent to which they may affect our financial performance. Before purchasing any notes, you should carefully consider the following discussion of risks and the other information in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, and carefully read the risks described in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including those set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, each of which are incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement.

Risks Related to Our Business

Conditions in the global economy and global capital markets may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

Our business and operating results may in the future be adversely affected by global economic conditions, including instability in credit markets, declining consumer and business confidence, fluctuating commodity prices and interest rates, volatile exchange rates, and other challenges such as the changing financial regulatory environment that could affect the global economy. Our customers may experience deterioration of their businesses, cash flow shortages, and difficulty obtaining financing. As a result, existing or potential customers may delay or cancel plans to purchase products and may not be able to fulfill their obligations to us in a timely fashion. Further, suppliers could experience similar conditions, which could impact their ability to supply materials or otherwise fulfill their obligations to us. Because we have significant international operations, there are a large number of currency transactions that result from international sales, purchases, investments and borrowings. Also, our effective tax rate may fluctuate because of variability in geographic mix of earnings, changes in statutory rates, and taxes associated with repatriation of non-U.S. earnings. Future weakness in the global economy and failure to manage these risks could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows in future periods.

Market conditions and global and regional economic downturns, as well as changes in regulatory requirements (including environmental standards), that adversely affect the demand for the end-use products that contain TiO2, fluoroproducts or our other products, could adversely affect the profitability of our operations and the prices at which we can sell our products, negatively impacting our financial results.

Our revenue and profitability is largely dependent on the TiO2users of our fluoroproducts. TiO2 and our fluoroproducts, such as refrigerants and resins, are used in many “quality of life” products for which demand historically has been linked to global, regional and local GDP and discretionary spending, which can be negatively impacted by regional and world events or economic conditions. Such events are likely to cause a decrease in demand for our products and, as a result, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The future profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, will also be affected by the available supply of our products in the market. In addition, because demand for our fluorochemicals is driven in part by industry needs to comply with certain mandated environmental regulations (such as markets for refrigerants and foams with low GWP), changes in or elimination of such environmental regulations in the U.S. or other jurisdictions also can negatively impact demand for such products and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition.

Our reported results could be adversely affected by currency exchange rates and currency devaluation could impair our competitiveness.

Due to our international operations, we transact in many foreign currencies, including but not limited to the Euro, Brazilian real, Mexican peso and Japanese yen. As a result, we are subject to the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported net revenues and operating income will be reduced because the local currency will be translated into fewer U.S. dollars. During periods of local economic crisis, local currencies may be devalued significantly against the U.S. dollar, potentially reducing our margin. For example, unfavorable movement in the Euro has negatively

S-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

impacted our results of operations since the second half of 2014, and further decline of the Euro could affect future periods. Currently, Chemours does not hedge on a transactional basis. There can be no assurance that any hedging action in the future will lessen the adverse impact of a variation in currency rates. Also, actions to recover margins may result in lower volume and a weaker competitive position, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability. For example, in Titanium Technologies, a substantial portion of our manufacturing is located in the U.S. and Mexico, while our TiO2 is delivered to customers around the world. Furthermore, our ore cost is principally denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, in periods when the U.S. dollar or Mexican Peso strengthen against other local currencies such as the Euro, our costs are higher relative to our competitors who operate largely outside of the United States, and the benefits we realize from having lower costs associated with our manufacturing process are reduced, impacting our profitability.

If we are unable to execute our cost reduction plans successfully, our total operating costs may be greater than expected, which may adversely affect our profitability.

We have announced a transformation plan that includes a number of cost saving measures. We have implemented a number of these measures and have realized a portion of the anticipated benefits. While we continue to search for opportunities to reduce our costs and expenses to improve operating profitability without jeopardizing the quality of our products or the effectiveness of our operations, our success in achieving targeted cost and expense reductions depends upon a number of factors such as timing of execution, market condition, and regulatory and local requirements and approvals. If we do not successfully execute on our cost reduction initiatives or if we experience delays in completing the implementation of these initiatives, our results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and other commitments and contingencies.

We face risks arising from various unasserted and asserted legal claims, investigation and litigation matters, such as product liability, patent infringement, antitrust claims, and claims for third party property damage or personal injury stemming from alleged environmental actions (which may concern regulated or unregulated substances) or other torts, including, as discussed below, litigation related to the production and use of PFOA (collectively, perfluorooctanoic acids and its salts, including the ammonium salt) by DuPont prior to the separation. We have noted a nationwide trend in purported class actions against chemical manufacturers generally seeking relief such as medical monitoring, property damages, off-site remediation and punitive damages arising from alleged environmental actions (which may concern regulated or unregulated substances) or other torts without claiming present personal injuries. We also have noted a trend in public and private nuisance suits being filed on behalf of states, counties, cities and utilities alleging harm to the general public. Various factors or developments can lead to changes in current estimates of liabilities such as a final adverse judgment, significant settlement or changes in applicable law. A future adverse ruling or unfavorable development could result in future charges that could have a material adverse effect on us. An adverse outcome in any one or more of these matters could be material to our financial results and could adversely impact the value of any of our brands that are associated with any such matters. As discussed in more detail in Note 13 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement, DuPont is the named defendant in approximately 3,500 lawsuits alleging that the respective plaintiffs were exposed to PFOA in drinking water as a result of DuPont’s use of PFOA at the Washington Works plant in Parkersburg, West Virginia. These personal injury lawsuits were consolidated in multi-district litigation in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio (the “MDL”). As of December 31, 2016, three cases have gone to trial and resulted in a jury verdict in favor of the plaintiff, and several other cases have been settled. Although we, through DuPont, are pursuing appeals of the cases that resulted in a jury verdict, there can be no assurance that any such appeal succeeds. On February 11, 2017, DuPont entered into an agreement in principle with plaintiffs’ counsel representing the MDL plaintiffs providing for a global settlement of all cases and claims in the MDL, including all filed and unfiled personal injury cases and claims that are part of the plaintiffs’ counsel’s claim inventory, as well as cases that have been tried to a jury verdict (the “MDL Settlement”). The total settlement amount is $670.7 million dollars in cash, half of which will be paid by Chemours and half paid by DuPont. DuPont’s payment would not be subject to indemnification or reimbursement by Chemours, and Chemours has

S-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accrued $335 million associated with this matter at December 31, 2016. In exchange for payment of the total settlement amount, DuPont and Chemours will receive a complete release of all claims by the settling plaintiffs. The MDL Settlement was entered into solely by way of compromise and settlement and is not in any way an admission of liability or fault by DuPont or Chemours. The MDL Settlement is not subject to court approval; however, the MDL Settlement may not proceed in certain conditions, including a walk-away right that enables DuPont to terminate the MDL Settlement if more than a specified number of plaintiffs determine not to participate. If the MDL Settlement does not proceed, any cases stayed or additional lawsuits may go to trial or appeal. An adverse ruling at trial or on appeal could result in us incurring additional costs and liabilities. There could also be new lawsuits filed related to DuPont’s use of PFOA, its manufacture of PFOA, or its customers use of DuPont products that may not be within the scope of the MDL Settlement. Any such new litigation could also result in us incurring additional costs and liabilities, which may be material to our financial results. If such litigation described above were to occur and if significant unfavorable outcomes in a number of cases were to result, losses, if incurred, in excess of amounts accrued at December 31, 2016 could, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on us.

In the ordinary course of business, we may make certain commitments, including representations, warranties and indemnities relating to current and past operations, including those related to divested businesses, and issue guarantees of third party obligations. Additionally, we are required to indemnify DuPont with regard to liabilities allocated to, or assumed by us under each of the separation agreement, the employee matters agreement, the tax matters agreement and the intellectual property cross-license agreement that were executed prior to the spin-off. These indemnification obligations to date have included defense costs associated with certain litigation matters as well as certain damages awards, settlements, and penalties. In connection with MDL Settlement mentioned above, DuPont and Chemours agreed, subject to and following the completion of the MDL Settlement, to a limited sharing of potential future PFOA liabilities (i.e., “indemnifiable losses,” as defined in the separation agreement between DuPont and Chemours) for a period of five years. During that five-year period, Chemours would annually pay future PFOA liabilities up to $25 million and, if such amount is exceeded, DuPont would pay any excess amount up to the next $25 million (which payment will not be subject to indemnification by Chemours), with Chemours annually bearing any further excess liabilities under the terms of the separation agreement. After the five-year period, this limited sharing agreement would expire, and Chemours’ indemnification obligations under the separation agreement would continue unchanged. Chemours has also agreed that, upon the MDL Settlement becoming effective, it will not contest its liability to DuPont under the separation agreement for PFOA liabilities on the basis of ostensible defenses generally applicable to the indemnification provisions under the separation agreement, including defenses relating to punitive damages, fines or penalties or attorneys’ fees, and waives any such defenses with respect to PFOA liabilities. Chemours has, however, retained defenses as to whether any particular PFOA claim is within the scope of the indemnification provisions of the separation agreement. As we are required to make payments, such payments could be significant and could exceed the amounts we have accrued with respect thereto, adversely affecting our results of operations. In addition, in the event that DuPont seeks indemnification for adverse trial rulings or outcomes, these indemnification claims could materially adversely affect our financial condition. Disputes between Chemours and DuPont many also arise with respect to indemnification matters including disputes based on matters of law or contract interpretation. If and to the extent these disputes arise, they could materially adversely affect us.

For further information about the Company’s litigation and other commitments and contingencies, see Item 3. Legal Proceedings and our Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, and Item 1. Legal Proceedings and our Note 13 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

We are subject to extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that may result in unanticipated loss or liability related to our current and past operations, which could reduce our profitability.

Our operations and production facilities are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws and regulations at national, international and local levels in numerous jurisdictions relating to pollution, protection of the environment, climate change, transporting and storing raw materials and

S-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

finished products and storing and disposing of hazardous wastes. Such laws include, in the U.S., the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA, often referred to as Superfund), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and similar state and global laws for management and remediation of hazardous materials, the Clean Air Act (CAA) and the Clean Water Act, for protection of air and water resources, the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and in the EU, the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH), for regulation of chemicals in commerce and reporting of potential known adverse effects and numerous local, state, federal and foreign laws and regulations governing materials transport and packaging. If we are found to be in violation of these laws or regulations, which may be subject to change based on legislative, scientific or other factors, we may incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions, remediation costs, reputational harm, loss of sales or market access, or experience interruptions in our operations. We also may be subject to changes in our operations and production based on increased regulation or other changes to, or restrictions imposed by, any such additional regulations. In addition, the manner in which adopted regulations (including environmental regulations) are ultimately implemented may affect our products, the demand for and public perception of our products, the reputation of our brands, our market access and our results of operations. In the event of a catastrophic incident involving any of the raw materials we use or chemicals we produce, we could incur material costs as a result of addressing the consequences of such event and future reputational costs associated with any such event.

As a result of our operations, including the operations of divested businesses and certain discontinued operations, we could incur substantial costs, including remediation and restoration costs. The costs of complying with complex environmental laws and regulations, as well as internal voluntary programs, are significant and will continue to be significant for the foreseeable future. This includes costs we expect to continue to incur for environmental investigation and remediation activities at a number of our current or former sites and third-party disposal locations. However, the ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these costs are difficult to accurately predict. While we establish accruals in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the ultimate actual costs and liabilities may vary from the accruals because the estimates on which the accruals are based depend on a number of factors (many of which are outside of our control), including the nature of the matter and any associated third-party claims, the complexity of the site, site geology, the nature and extent of contamination, the type of remedy, the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies and other Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) at multi-party sites and the number and financial viability of other PRPs. See “Environmental Matters” within Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further information and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. See also “Environmental Matters” within Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further information and Note 13 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the year ended March 31, 2017, incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

There is also a risk that one or more of our key raw materials or one or more of our products may be found to have, or be characterized as having, a toxicological or health-related impact on the environment or on our customers or employees or unregulated emissions, which could potentially result in us incurring liability in connection with such characterization and the associated effects of any toxicological or health-related impact. If such a discovery or characterization occurs, we may incur increased costs in order to comply with new regulatory requirements or the relevant materials or products, including products of our customers incorporating our materials or products, may be recalled or banned. Changes in laws, science or regulations, or their interpretation, and our customers’ perception of such changes or interpretations may also affect the marketability of certain of our products.

The markets for many of our products have seasonally affected sales patterns.

The demand for TiO2, certain of our fluoroproducts and certain of our other products during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. As a result of seasonal fluctuations, our operating cash flow may be negatively impacted due to demand fluctuations. In particular, because TiO2 is widely used in coatings, demand is higher in the painting seasons of spring and summer. Because certain fluoroproducts are used in refrigerants, such products are in higher demand in the spring and summer in the Northern Hemisphere. We

S-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may be adversely affected by anticipated or unanticipated changes in regional weather conditions. For example, poor weather conditions in a region can lead to an abbreviated painting season, which can depress consumer sales of paint products that use TiO2, which could have a negative effect on our cash position.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls could adversely affect our ability to meet our reporting requirements.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. One key aspect of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is that we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with auditor attestation of the effectiveness of our internal controls. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could be subject to penalties or investigations by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports, and to effectively prevent fraud. Internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we cannot provide reasonable assurance with respect to our financial reports and effectively prevent fraud, our operating results could be harmed. In addition, if we fail to maintain the effectiveness of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience delay in the implementation of new or enhanced system, procedures and controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed, we could fail to meet our reporting obligations.

Effects of price fluctuations in energy and raw materials, our raw materials contracts and our inability to renew such contracts, could have a significant impact on our earnings.

Our manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of energy and raw materials, the costs of which are subject to worldwide supply and demand as well as other factors beyond our control. Variations in the cost of energy, which primarily reflect market prices for oil and natural gas, and for raw materials, may significantly affect our operating results from period to period. Additionally, consolidation in the industries providing our raw materials may have an impact on the cost and availability of such materials. To the extent we do not have fixed price contracts with respect to specific raw materials, we have no control over the costs of raw materials and such costs may fluctuate widely for a variety of reasons, including changes in availability, major capacity additions or reductions, or significant facility operating problems.

When possible, we have purchased, and we plan to continue to purchase, raw materials, including titanium bearing ores and fluorspar, through negotiated medium- or long-term contracts to minimize the impact of price fluctuations. To the extent that we have been able to achieve favorable pricing in our existing negotiated long-term contracts, we may not be able to renew such contracts at the current prices, or at all, and this may adversely impact our cash flow from operations. However, to the extent that the prices of raw materials that we utilize significantly decline, we may be bound by the terms of our existing long-term contracts and obligated to purchase such raw materials at higher prices as compared to other market participants.

We attempt to offset the effects of higher energy and raw material costs through selling price increases, productivity improvements, and cost reduction programs. However, the outcome of these efforts is largely determined by existing competitive and economic conditions, and may be subject to a time delay between the increase in our raw materials costs and our ability to increase prices, which could vary significantly depending on the market served. If we are not able to fully offset the effects of higher energy or raw material costs, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

S-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hazards associated with chemical manufacturing, storage and transportation could adversely affect our results of operations.

There are hazards associated with chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes. These hazards could lead to an interruption or suspension of operations and have an adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on us as a whole. While we endeavor to provide adequate protection for the safe handling of these materials, issues could be created by various events, including natural disasters, severe weather events, acts of sabotage and performance by third parties, and as a result we could face the following potential hazards:

•

piping and storage tank leaks and ruptures;

•

mechanical failure;

•

employee exposure to hazardous substances; and

•

chemical spills and other discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases.

These hazards may cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which could lead to government fines and penalties, work stoppage injunctions, claims and lawsuits by injured persons, damage to our public reputation and brands, loss of sales and market access, customer dissatisfaction, and diminished product acceptance. If such actions are determined adversely to us or there is an associated economic impact to our business, we may have inadequate insurance or cash flow to offset any associated costs. Such outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The businesses in which we compete are highly competitive. This competition may adversely affect our results of operations and operating cash flows.

Each of the businesses in which we operate is highly competitive. Competition in the performance chemicals industry is based on a number of factors such as price, product quality and service. We face significant competition from major international and regional competitors. Additionally, our Titanium Technologies business competes with numerous regional producers, including producers in China, which have expanded their readily available production capacity during the previous five years. Additionally, the risk of substitution of Chinese producers by our customers could increase as they expand their use of chloride production technology. Some competitors have announced plans to expand their chloride capacity.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be seriously impacted by business disruptions and security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents.

Business and/or supply chain disruptions, plant downtime and/or power outages and information technology system and/or network disruptions, regardless of cause including acts of sabotage, employee error or other actions, geo-political activity, weather events and natural disasters could seriously harm our operations as well as the operations of our customers and suppliers. Failure to effectively prevent, detect and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information technology and infrastructure by hackers, viruses, breaches due to employee error or actions or other disruptions could result in misuse of our assets, business disruptions, loss of property including trade secrets and confidential business information, legal claims or proceedings, reporting errors, processing inefficiencies, negative media attention, loss of sales and interference with regulatory compliance. Like most major corporations, we have been and expect to be the target of industrial espionage, including cyber-attacks, from time to time. We have determined that these attacks have resulted, and could result in the future, in unauthorized parties gaining access to certain confidential business information, and have included the obtaining of trade secrets and proprietary information related to the chloride manufacturing process for TiO2 by third parties. Although we do not believe that we have experienced any material losses to date related to these breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer any such losses in the future. We plan to actively manage the risks within our control that could lead to business disruptions and security breaches. As these threats continue to evolve, particularly around cybersecurity, we may be required to expend significant resources to enhance our control environment, processes, practices and other protective measures. Despite these efforts, such events could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

S-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If our intellectual property were compromised or copied by competitors, or if our competitors were to develop similar or superior intellectual property or technology, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, confidential information, trademarks and tradenames are important to our business. We endeavor to protect our intellectual property rights in key jurisdictions in which our products are produced or used and in jurisdictions into which our products are imported. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property rights. However, we may be unable to obtain protection for our intellectual property in key jurisdictions. Although we own and have applied for numerous patents and trademarks throughout the world, we may have to rely on judicial enforcement of our patents and other proprietary rights. Our patents and other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, and rendered unenforceable or otherwise compromised. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, third parties may assert claims against us and our customers and distributors alleging our products infringe upon third party intellectual property rights.

We also rely materially upon unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other trade secrets to maintain our competitive position. While we maintain policies to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our proprietary expertise and other trade secrets, these agreements may not be enforceable or, even if legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. We also may not be able to readily detect breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary technology, know-how or trade secrets could result in significantly lower revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

If we must take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of resources and management’s attention, and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictions under the intellectual property cross-license agreement could limit our ability to develop and commercialize certain products and/or prosecute, maintain and enforce certain intellectual property.

We depend to a certain extent on DuPont to prosecute, maintain and enforce certain of the intellectual property licensed under the intellectual property cross-license agreement. Specifically, DuPont is responsible for filing, prosecuting and maintaining patents that DuPont licenses to us. DuPont also has the first right to enforce such patents, trade secrets and the know-how licensed to us by DuPont. If DuPont fails to fulfill its obligations or chooses to not enforce the licensed patents, trade secrets or know-how under the intellectual property cross-license agreement, we may not be able to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competitive products (unless we are able to effectively exercise our secondary rights to enforce such patents, trade secrets and know-how).

In addition, our restrictions under the intellectual property cross-license agreement could limit our ability to develop and commercialize certain products. For example, the licenses granted to us under the agreement may not extend to all new products, services and businesses that we may enter in the future. These limitations and restrictions may make it more difficult, time consuming or expensive for us to develop and commercialize certain new products and services, or may result in certain of our products or services being later to market than those of our competitors.

If we are unable to innovate and successfully introduce new products, or new technologies or processes reduce the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell products, our profitability could be adversely affected.

Our industries and the end-use markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological change and product improvement. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of commercial and technological progress in key end-use markets and on our ability to fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end-use markets. We must continue to identify, develop and market innovative products or enhance existing products on a timely basis to maintain our profit margins and our competitive position. We may be unable to develop new products or technology, either alone or with third parties, or license intellectual property rights from third parties on a

S-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commercially competitive basis. If we fail to keep pace with the evolving technological innovations in our end-use markets on a competitive basis, including with respect to innovation with regard to the development of alternative uses for, or application of, products developed that utilize such end-use products, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We cannot predict whether technological innovations will, in the future, result in a lower demand for our products or affect the competitiveness of our business. We may be required to invest significant resources to adapt to changing technologies, markets, competitive environments and laws and regulations. We cannot anticipate market acceptance of new products or future products. In addition, we may not achieve our expected benefits associated with new products developed to meet new laws or regulations if the implementation of such laws or regulations is delayed.

In connection with our separation, we were required to assume, and indemnify DuPont for, certain liabilities. As we are required to make payments pursuant to these indemnities to DuPont, we may need to divert cash to meet those obligations and our financial results could be negatively affected. In addition, DuPont’s obligation to indemnify us for certain liabilities may not be sufficient to insure us against the full amount of liabilities for which it will be allocated responsibility, and DuPont may not be able to satisfy its indemnification obligations in the future.

Pursuant to the separation agreement, the employee matters agreement, the tax matters agreement and the intellectual property cross-license agreement we entered into with DuPont prior to the spin-off, we were required to assume, and indemnify DuPont for, certain liabilities. These indemnification obligations to date have included, among other items, defense costs associated with certain litigation matters as well as certain damages awards, settlement amounts and penalties. In connection with MDL Settlement described above under “Our results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and other commitments and contingencies,” DuPont and Chemours agreed, subject to and following the completion of the MDL Settlement, to a limited sharing of potential future PFOA liabilities (i.e., “indemnifiable losses,” as defined in the separation agreement between DuPont and Chemours) for a period of five years. During that five-year period, Chemours would annually pay future PFOA liabilities up to $25 million and, if such amount is exceeded, DuPont would pay any excess amount up to the next $25 million (which payment will not be subject to indemnification by Chemours), with Chemours annually bearing any further excess liabilities under the terms of the separation agreement. After the five-year period, this limited sharing agreement would expire, and Chemours’ indemnification obligations under the separation agreement would continue unchanged. Chemours has also agreed that, upon the MDL Settlement becoming effective, it will not contest its liability to DuPont under the separation agreement for PFOA liabilities on the basis of ostensible defenses generally applicable to the indemnification provisions under the separation agreement, including defenses relating to punitive damages, fines or penalties or attorneys’ fees, and waives any such defenses with respect to PFOA liabilities. Chemours has, however, retained defenses as to whether any particular PFOA claim is within the scope of the indemnification provisions of the separation agreement. Payments pursuant to these indemnities may be significant and could negatively impact our business, particularly indemnities relating to our actions that could impact the tax-free nature of the distribution. In addition, in the event that DuPont seeks indemnification for adverse trial rulings or outcomes, these indemnification claims could materially adversely affect our financial condition. Disputes between Chemours and DuPont may also arise with respect to indemnification matters, including disputes based on matter of law or contract interpretation. If and to the extent these disputes arise, they could materially adversely affect us.

Third parties could also seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities of the DuPont businesses. DuPont has agreed to indemnify us for such liabilities, but such indemnity from DuPont may not be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, and DuPont may not be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from DuPont any amounts for which we are held liable, we may be temporarily required to bear these losses ourselves. Each of these risks could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement, and Note 30 to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-K for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement, for further information.

S-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with our separation, we were required to enter into numerous separation-related and commercial agreements with our former parent company, DuPont, which may not reflect optimal or commercially beneficial terms to Chemours.

Commercial agreements we entered into with DuPont in connection with the separation were negotiated in the context of the separation while we were still a wholly-owned subsidiary of DuPont. Accordingly, during the period in which the terms of those agreements were negotiated, we did not have an independent board of directors or management independent of DuPont. Certain commercial agreements, having long terms and commercially advantageous cancellation and assignment rights to DuPont, may not include adjustments for changes in industry and market conditions. There is a risk that the pricing and other terms under these agreements may not be commercially beneficial and may not be able to be renegotiated in the future. The terms relate to, among other things, the allocation of assets, liabilities, rights and obligations, including the provision of products and services and the sharing and operation of property, manufacturing, office and laboratory sites, and other commercial rights and obligations between DuPont and us.

We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate efficiently as an independent company.

There is a risk that, since separating from DuPont, we are more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than we would have been if we were still a part of DuPont’s organizational structure. As part of DuPont, we were able to enjoy certain benefits from DuPont’s operating diversity, purchasing power and opportunities to pursue integrated strategies with DuPont’s other businesses. As an independent, publicly traded company, we do not have similar diversity or integration opportunities and do not have similar purchasing power or access to capital markets. Additionally, as part of DuPont, we were able to leverage the DuPont historical market reputation and performance and brand identity to recruit and retain key personnel to run our business. As an independent, publicly traded company, we do not have the same historical market reputation and performance or brand identity as DuPont and it may be more difficult for us to recruit or retain such key personnel.

Our ability to make future strategic decisions regarding our manufacturing operations are subject to regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, and may, to a certain extent, be subject to consents or cooperation from DuPont under the agreements entered into between us and DuPont as part of the separation. These could adversely affect our ability to execute our future strategic decisions and our results of operations and financial condition.

One of the ways we may improve our business is through the expansion or improvement of our existing facilities, such as the expansion of our Altamira TiO2 facility and the planned expansions for our OpteonTM refrigerant and our Mining Solutions facility. Construction of additions or modifications to facilities involves numerous regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic uncertainties that are beyond our control. Such expansion or improvement projects may also require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital, and financing may not be available on economically acceptable terms or at all. As a result, these projects may not be completed on schedule, at the budgeted cost, or at all. Moreover, our revenue may not increase immediately upon the expenditure of funds on a particular project. As a result, we may not be able to realize our expected investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We periodically assess our manufacturing operations in order to manufacture and distribute our products in the most efficient manner. Based on our assessments, we may make strategic decisions regarding our manufacturing operations such as capital improvements to modernize certain units, move manufacturing or distribution capabilities from one plant or facility to another plant or facility, discontinue manufacturing or distributing certain products or close or divest all or part of a manufacturing plant or facility, some of which have significant shared services and lease agreements with DuPont. These agreements may adversely impact our ability to take these strategic decisions regarding out manufacturing operations. Further, if such agreements are terminated or revised, we would have to assess and potentially adjust our manufacturing operations, the closure or divestiture of all or part of a manufacturing plant or facility that could result in future charges that could be significant.

S-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial stability is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them.

Some of our customers, prospective customers, suppliers or other companies with whom we conduct business may need assurances that our financial stability is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do business with them, and may require us to provide additional credit support, such as letters of credit or other financial guarantees. Any failure of parties to be satisfied with our financial stability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If our long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of long-lived assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Under U.S. GAAP, we review our long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, include, but are not limited to, changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of a downturn in the global economy, as well as competition or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. We may be required to record a significant noncash charge in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our long-lived assets is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.

Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations.

Doing business on a global basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and those of various international and sub-national jurisdictions, and our failure to successfully comply with these rules and regulations may expose us to liabilities. These laws and regulations apply to companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents, and may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions and partnering activities. In particular, our international operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”), the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “Bribery Act”) as well as anti-corruption laws of the various jurisdictions in which we operate. The FCPA, the Bribery Act and other laws prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees and agents acting on our behalf from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. Our global operations may expose us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, the foregoing or other anti-corruption laws. Such violations could be punishable by criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions and exclusion from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be very expensive, disruptive, and damaging to our reputation. Although we have implemented anti-corruption policies and procedures since the separation, there can be no guarantee that these policies, procedures, and training will effectively prevent violations by our employees or representatives in the future. Additionally, we face a risk that our distributors and other business partners may violate the FCPA, the Bribery Act or similar laws or regulations. Such violations could expose us to FCPA and Bribery Act liability and/or our reputation may potentially be harmed by their violations and resulting sanctions and fines.

Risks Related to the Notes

Our levels of indebtedness and debt service obligations will reduce the amount of funds available for other business purposes and may adversely affect us.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2017, after giving pro forma effect to this offering of notes, we would have had approximately $4,098 million of indebtedness outstanding.

We may also incur additional long-term debt and working capital lines of credit to meet future financing needs, subject to certain restrictions under our indebtedness, including the notes, our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our existing senior notes, which would increase our total debt.

S-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest costs related to and our indebtedness will reduce funds available for acquisitions, capital expenditures or other business purposes and could restrict our financial and operating flexibility or create competitive disadvantages compared to other companies with lower debt levels.

Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes, depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions and financial, business and other factors affecting our consolidated operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt and meet our other cash requirements, we may be required, among other things:

•

to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets;

•

to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes;

•

to sell selected assets or businesses; or

•

to reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures.

We are a holding company that is dependent on cash flows from our operating subsidiaries to fund our debt obligations, capital expenditures and ongoing operations.

All of our operations are conducted and all of our assets are owned by our operating companies, which are our subsidiaries. We intend to continue to conduct our operations at the operating companies and any future subsidiaries. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations or make cash distributions depends upon the cash flow of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries, and the payment of funds by our operating companies and any future subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise. The ability of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities, and legal restrictions regarding the transfer of funds.

Our debt (including the notes) is generally the exclusive obligation of The Chemours Company and our guarantor subsidiaries. Because a significant portion of our operations are conducted by non-guarantor subsidiaries, our cash flow and our ability to service indebtedness (including the notes), including our ability to pay the interest on our debt when due and principal of such debt at maturity, are dependent to a large extent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from such non-guarantor subsidiaries. Any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our non-guarantor subsidiaries to us could be subject to restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate, and any restrictions imposed by the current and future debt instruments of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. In addition, payments to us by our subsidiaries are contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings.

Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities and, except for our guarantor subsidiaries, have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due on our debt (including the notes) or to make any funds available for those amounts, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments, and do not guarantee the payment of interest on, or principal of, our debt. Any right that we have to receive any assets of any of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors upon the liquidation or reorganization of any such subsidiary, and the consequent right of holders of notes to realize proceeds from the sale of their assets, will be structurally subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt issued by that subsidiary.

The notes will be unsecured and, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt.

The notes will not be secured by any of our assets. As a result, the notes will be effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt, including debt under our Senior Securities Credit Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing that debt. As of March 31, 2017, the Company and the guarantors had $1,369 million of secured indebtedness outstanding and an additional $627 million available for borrowing under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding involving us, the holders of any of our secured debt may assert

S-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rights against our secured assets in order to receive full payment of their debt before such assets may be used to pay the holders of the notes. The terms of the indenture limit our ability to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any liens to secure any of our debt. However, these limitations are subject to numerous exceptions. See “Description of the Notes — Limitation on Liens.”

The notes are structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.

The notes will not be guaranteed by certain of our current and future subsidiaries, and under certain circumstances subsidiaries guaranteeing the notes may be released from their guarantees. See “Description of the Notes — Subsidiary Guarantees.” Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of such non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. As of March 31, 2017, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had an aggregate of approximately $2,088 million of total liabilities outstanding, including trade and intercompany payables.

In the absence of an active trading market for the notes, you may not be able to resell them.

There is no existing market for the notes, and we can offer no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop, your ability to sell the notes or the price at which you may be able to sell them. In addition, we do not intend to list the notes on any securities exchange. Each of the underwriters has advised us that it currently intends to make a market in the notes. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue market making at any time without notice.

Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results, our credit ratings and the market for similar securities. You should not purchase any notes unless you understand and are able to bear the risk that the notes may not be readily saleable, that the value of the notes will fluctuate over time and that these fluctuations may be significant. In addition, if your investment activities are subject to laws and regulations governing investments, you may not be able to invest in certain types of notes or your investment in the notes may be limited. You should review and consider any applicable restrictions before investing in the notes.

We may not be able to repurchase all of the notes upon a change of control repurchase event.

We will be required to offer to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event as provided in the indenture governing the notes. However, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase the notes in cash at such time. In addition, our ability to repurchase the notes for cash may be limited by law or the terms or other agreements relating to our indebtedness outstanding at the time. The failure to make such repurchase would result in a default under the notes. A change of control may also require us to make an offer to repurchase certain of our other indebtedness and may give rise to a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. We may not have sufficient funds to repurchase all of the affected indebtedness and repay the amounts owing under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our future debt also may contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions that constitute a change of control under the indenture. See “Description of the Notes — Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event.”

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt we or our subsidiaries may incur or restrict our ability to engage in other transactions that may adversely affect holders of our notes.

The indenture under which the notes will be issued does not limit the amount of debt that we or our subsidiaries may incur. The indenture does not contain any financial covenants or other provisions that would afford the holders of the notes any substantial protection in the event we participate in a highly leveraged transaction. In addition, the indenture does not limit our ability to pay dividends, make distributions or repurchase our common shares. As a result of the foregoing, when evaluating the terms of the notes, you should be aware that the terms of the indenture and the notes do not restrict our ability to engage in, or to otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances and events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the notes.

S-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes or the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes or in respect of such guarantees.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of the guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the notes or guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

•

we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees;

•

the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

•

we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor’s ability to pay as they mature; or

•

we or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were insolvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, whether the notes would be subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt. In general, however, a court would deem an entity insolvent if:

•

the sum of its debts, including contingent and unliquidated liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;

•

the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

•

it could not pay its debts as they became due.

Although each guarantee will contain a provision that the obligations of the applicable guarantor under its note guarantee will be limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, this provision may not be effective to protect such guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or could subordinate the notes to our or the applicable guarantors’ presently existing and future indebtedness of our or the guarantors. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance has occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voiding of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in acceleration of that debt.

Finally, as a court of equity, a bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of the notes to other claims against Chemours under the principle of equitable subordination if the court determines that (1) the holder of notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct, (2) the inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holders of notes and (3) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the bankruptcy code.

Changes in our credit ratings may affect the trading value of the notes.

Our credit ratings are an assessment of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings may affect the trading value of the notes. A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by

S-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the assigning rating organization. No person is obligated to maintain any rating on the notes, and, therefore, we cannot assure you that the ratings assigned to the notes will not be lowered or withdrawn by the assigning rating organization at any time thereafter.

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of your investment in the notes.

Any credit ratings assigned to the notes will be limited in scope, and will not address all material risks relating to an investment in the notes, but rather reflect only the view of each rating agency at the time the rating is issued. An explanation of the significance of such rating may be obtained from such rating agency. There can be no assurance that such credit ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the applicable rating agencies, if, in such rating agency’s judgment, circumstances so warrant. A rating agency’s credit ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security. Each rating agency’s credit rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating agency’s rating. Actual or anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under review for a downgrade, could affect the market value of the notes and increase our corporate borrowing costs.

S-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the notes will be approximately $494 million (after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses). The net proceeds of this offering will be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes (including for payment of settlement costs relating to the PFOA multi-district litigation settlement, if finalized). The net proceeds may be temporarily invested prior to deployment for their intended purposes.

S-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capitalization

The following table shows our historical cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2017 and as adjusted to give effect to the issuance of the notes contemplated by this prospectus supplement.

You should read this table in connection with the “Use of Proceeds” section of this prospectus supplement and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of both our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, each of which are incorporated by reference to this prospectus supplement, and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

	March 31, 2017
	Actual			As adjusted for this offering
	(unaudited in 000’s)
Cash and Cash Equivalents		$	898		$	1,392(4)
Long-term debt, including current portion:(1)
Senior secured term loan(2)			1,369			1,369
Senior unsecured notes
6.625% due May 2023			1,158			1,158
7.00% due May 2025			750			750
6.125% due May 2023 (€295 at March 31, 2017)(3)			318			318
% senior notes due 2027, offered hereby						500
Capital lease obligations			3			3
Total debt			3,598			4,098
Equity:
Common stock (par value $0.01 per share)			2			2
Additional paid-in capital			808			808
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)			31			31
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			(488)			(488)
Total Chemours stockholders’ equity			353			353
Non-controlling Interests			5			5
Total Equity			358			358
Total Capitalization		$	3,956		$	4,456

(1)

Unamortized issue discount on senior secured term loan of ($5) and unamortized debt issuance costs ($41) not included.

(2)

On April 3, 2017 the Company replaced its Term Loan with €400 million Euro Term Loan (converted to $429 million at an exchange rate of 1.072 as of April 3, 2017) and $940 million Dollar Term Loan.

(3)

Converted as of March 31, 2017 at an exchange rate of 1.08.

(4)

Prior to the anticipated use of a portion of the proceeds from the notes offered hereby to pay the PFOA settlement, if finalized.

S-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of other indebtedness

For a description of our other indebtedness, please see “Description of other indebtedness” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of the Notes

The Chemours Company, a Delaware corporation, will issue the % Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”) under a senior indenture (the “Base Indenture”) and a supplemental indenture (together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) between itself and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” In this description, the words “Company,” “we” and “our” refer only to The Chemours Company and not to any of its subsidiaries.

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, not this description, defines your rights as holders of the Notes.

Brief Description of the Notes

The Notes:

•

will be unsecured senior obligations of the Company;

•

will rank senior in right of payment to any future subordinated obligations of the Company;

•

will rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the Company;

•

will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured obligations of the Company, including secured obligations under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the assets securing such obligations, and to all existing and future liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, to the extent of the assets of such subsidiaries; and

•

will be guaranteed by each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Company will issue the Notes initially with an aggregate principal amount of $500 million. The Company will issue the Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will mature on , 2027.

We are permitted to issue additional Notes from time to time (the “Additional Notes”) having the same terms in all respects as the Notes (except in some cases for the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes). The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that if the Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of the Notes,” references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.

Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of % per annum. Interest on the Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on and , commencing on , 2017, to the holders of record of those Notes on the immediately preceding or , as applicable.

Interest on the Notes will accrue from , 2017. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Optional Redemption

Prior to the Par Call Date, we will be entitled at our option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the Remaining

S-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Scheduled Payments, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of such Notes to be redeemed on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to such redemption date.

On and after the Par Call Date, we will be entitled at our option to redeem any Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes to redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of such Notes to be redeemed on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to such redemption date.

In determining the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments, the Company will discount such payments to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus basis points.

The following terms are relevant to the determination of the redemption price.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes (assuming for this purpose that the Notes mature on the Par Call Date).

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the arithmetic average of the applicable Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four applicable Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the arithmetic average of all applicable Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date or (3) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such quotation.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers, or their respective successors, as may be appointed from time to time by the Company; provided, however, that if the foregoing ceases to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in the United States (a “primary treasury dealer”), the Company will substitute another primary treasury dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, and each of their respective successors and any other primary treasury dealers selected by the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the arithmetic average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer as of 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

“Remaining Scheduled Payments” means, with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of the principal thereof and interest thereon that would be due after the related redemption date but for such redemption, assuming for this purpose that the Notes mature on the Par Call Date; provided, however, that, if such redemption date is not an interest payment date with respect to such Note, the amount of the next scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third business day immediately preceding that redemption date or in the case of a discharge, prior to the deposit date) of the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue. In determining this rate, the Company will assume a price for the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

Selection and Notice of Redemption

If we are redeeming less than all the Notes at any time, the Trustee will select Notes on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.

S-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will redeem Notes of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. We will cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class mail to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, or delivered electronically if held by DTC, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes. Any inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in accordance with provisions of the Indenture.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. We will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the holder upon cancelation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Any notice of redemption may be given prior to the completion of any event or transaction related to such redemption, including any offering or other corporate transaction, and any such redemption or notice may be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related offering or corporate transaction. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will state that the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all of such conditions have been satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions have not been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

We are not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, we may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under “— Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event.” We may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Subsidiary Guarantors will guarantee, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, our obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee are designed to be limited as necessary to prevent that Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law and, therefore, such Subsidiary Guarantee is specifically limited to an amount that such Subsidiary Guarantor can guarantee without such Subsidiary Guarantee constituting a fraudulent conveyance. This limitation, however, may not be effective to prevent such Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance. If a Subsidiary Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability under its Subsidiary Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See “Risk Factors — Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the notes, and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.”

Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be entitled, upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the applicable Indenture, to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment, determined in accordance with GAAP.

The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be released upon:

(1)

(a) the sale or other disposition of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation, the sale of its Capital Stock or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary, so long as such sale or other disposition does not violate the covenant described under “— Merger and Consolidation”;

S-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)

the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility to which it is a party, other than a release or discharge through payment thereon, and such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer an obligor under any Credit Facility; or

(c)

the Company exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes as described under “— Defeasance” or if its obligations under the Indenture with respect to the Notes are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

(2)

such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Ranking

The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be unsecured and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be.

Secured Indebtedness of the Company (including our obligations in respect of our Credit Agreement) will be effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of March 31, 2017, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors had $1,369 million of secured Indebtedness outstanding and an additional $627 million available for borrowing under the Credit Agreement.

All of our operations are conducted and all of our assets are owned by our operating companies, which are our subsidiaries. Some of our subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the Notes and, as described above under “— Subsidiary Guarantees,” Subsidiary Guarantees may be released under certain circumstances. In addition, our future subsidiaries may not be required to guarantee the Notes. Claims of creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors and creditors holding Indebtedness or guarantees issued by such non-guarantor subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. Accordingly, the Notes will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders, if any, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2017, the total liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have been approximately $2,088 million, including trade and intercompany payables.

Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described under “— Optional Redemption,” the Indenture provides that each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control Repurchase Event occurred, or at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control but after the public announcement of the pending Change of Control, the Company will be required to send a notice, by first class mail to each holder of Notes, or electronically if held by DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, which notice will govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice will state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice, if delivered prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, will state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control Repurchase Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders of Notes electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender their Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the

S-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice, or transfer their Notes to the Paying Agent by book-entry transfer pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Paying Agent, prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for such an offer made by the Company and such third party purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.

If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes of such series validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes of that series that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of redemption.

We will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, we will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue of our compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

Our ability to repurchase Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer may be limited by a number of factors. Certain events may constitute a change of control under our and our subsidiaries’ other indebtedness, and thereby cause a default under the agreements related to such indebtedness, but may not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture. Our and our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness may also require such indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require us to repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if a Change of Control Repurchase Event itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, our ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by our then existing financial resources. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — We may not be able to purchase the notes upon a change of control.”

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a holder of Notes may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as described above. Holders may not be entitled to require the Company to purchase their Notes in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of the board of directors of the Company, including as a result of a proxy contest.

The provisions under the Indenture relating to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Certain Covenants

The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Liens

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur or permit to exist any Lien (an “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties or assets (whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired) securing any Indebtedness for borrowed money,

S-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes (together with, at the option of the Company, any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries ranking equally in right of payment with the Notes) shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may create, assume, incur or guarantee Indebtedness for borrowed money secured by a Lien without equally and ratably securing the Notes; provided that at the time of such creation, assumption, incurrence or guarantee, after giving effect thereto and to the retirement of any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is being retired substantially concurrently with any such creation, assumption, incurrence or guarantee, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens, (b) the outstanding Attributable Debt with respect to all Sale/Leaseback Transactions of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to the last paragraph under “— Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions” below, (c) the aggregate amount of all outstanding refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (7) of the definition of Permitted Liens in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money initially incurred pursuant to this sentence and (d) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred pursuant to clause (12) of the definition of Permitted Liens, does not at such time exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of each Initial Lien to which it relates, or (ii) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person not an affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien.

Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless:

(1)

such transaction involves a lease period of not more than three years (or a lease that may be terminated by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries within a period of not more than three years);

(2)

such transaction involves leases between only the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or only between Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3)

such transaction involves leases of property executed by the time of, or within 12 months after the latest of, the acquisition or completion of construction, development, replacement, repair or improvement of the property;

(4)

the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would (at the time of entering into such arrangement) be entitled pursuant to any of clauses (1) through (12) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to incur or guarantee Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such property in the amount of the Attributable Debt arising from such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes;

(5)

the net proceeds of the sale of the property to be leased are at least equal to such property’s fair market value, as determined by the Company in good faith, and such net proceeds are applied within 365 days of the effective date of the Sale/Leaseback Transaction (or within a period of 180 days after such 365th day, if by the end of such initial 365-day period the Company or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries shall have entered into a definitive agreement as described below), or the Company enters into a definitive agreement within such 365-day period to apply such net proceeds, to (a) the purchase, construction, development or acquisition of properties or assets or (b) the redemption, repayment or other retirement for value of the Notes or any Indebtedness of the Company that ranks equally in right of payment with the Notes or Indebtedness of a non-guarantor Subsidiary (in any such case that is not Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); or

(6)

other Sale/Leaseback Transactions if, at the time entered into and after giving effect thereto, the aggregate outstanding Attributable Debt incurred pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the greater of $200 million and 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

S-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notwithstanding the restrictions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to enter into Sale/Leaseback Transactions that would otherwise be subject to such restrictions, without complying with the requirements of the immediately preceding paragraph, if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all outstanding Attributable Debt with respect to Sale/Leaseback Transactions existing at such time that could not have been entered into except pursuant to this paragraph, together with the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to the penultimate paragraph under “— Limitation on Liens” above, does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

Merger and Consolidation

The Company

The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of its assets to, any Person, unless:

(1)

the Company is the surviving Person or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or lessee (the “Successor Company”) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental thereto, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture;

(2)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction or transactions (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by such Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3)

the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Company, and may exercise all of the rights and powers of the Company, under the Indenture. The Company will be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Notes and the Indenture; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of properties or assets of the Company, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

Subsidiary Guarantors

Subject to certain provisions set forth in the Indenture governing release of a Subsidiary Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantee, the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:

(1)

such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person or lessee is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such Subsidiary) expressly assumes, by a guarantee agreement, all the obligations of such Subsidiary, if any, under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

S-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)

immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction or transactions (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result of such transaction as having been issued by such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3)

the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such guarantee agreement (if any) comply with the Indenture.

Reports

The Indenture will provide that any documents or reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act must be provided to Trustee within 15 days after the same are filed with the SEC (giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act). Documents filed by the Company with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be provided to the Trustee as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR.

Guarantees by Domestic Subsidiaries

In the future, each direct and indirect Domestic Subsidiary that (a) incurs or guarantees any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, or (b) guarantees other Material Indebtedness, will guarantee the Notes.

Defaults

Each of the following is an Event of Default with respect to the Notes:

(1)

a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days;

(2)

a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(3)

the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above;

(4)

the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice (as described below) with any of its obligations in the covenants described above under “Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event” (other than a failure to purchase Notes) or under “— Certain Covenants” under “— Limitation on Liens” or “— Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions”;

(5)

the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice (as described below) with its other agreements contained in the Indenture;

(6)

Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $100 million (the “cross acceleration provision”);

(7)

certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (the “bankruptcy default provisions”);

(8)

any judgment or decree for the payment of money (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to an underlying claim) in excess of $100 million is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary, remains outstanding for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment became final and non-appealable and is not paid, discharged, waived or stayed (the “judgment default provision”); or

(9)

any Subsidiary Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

S-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

However, a default under clause (4) or (5) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all such Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Notes. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1)

such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2)

holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)

such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)

the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5)

holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

If a Default occurs, is continuing and is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of the Notes notice of the Default within 10 days after it is known to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and for so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the Notes.

We are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. In addition, we are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action we are taking or propose to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and affected by the amendment (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and any past default or

S-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

compliance with any provision may also be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not, among other things:

(1)

make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of Notes required for amendments or waivers;

(2)

reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3)

reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(4)

reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any Note may be redeemed or, once notice of redemption has been given, the time at which it must thereupon be redeemed;

(5)

make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

(6)

impair the right of any holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes;

(7)

after the time an offer to purchase is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder; or

(8)

make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Trustee may amend the Indenture:

(1)

to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2)

to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar entity, of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable;

(3)

to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(4)

to add Subsidiary Guarantees with respect to the Notes in accordance with the Indenture or to secure the Notes;

(5)

to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;

(6)

to make any change that does not adversely affect in any material respect the rights of any holder of the Notes;

(7)

to conform the text of the applicable Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of this “Description of the Notes” to the extent that such provision in this “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee; or

(8)

to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes; provided, however, that (a) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes.

The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

S-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, we are required to mail to holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all holders of the Notes and is paid to all such holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Transfer

The Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of transfer. We may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers and exchanges.

Satisfaction and Discharge

When (1) we deliver to the Trustee all outstanding Notes for cancelation or (2) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, or will become due and payable within one year, whether at maturity or on a redemption date as a result of the mailing of notice of redemption, and, in the case of clause (2), we irrevocably deposit with the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date, and if in either case we pay all other sums payable under the Indenture by us, then the Indenture shall, subject to certain exceptions, cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes.

Defeasance

At any time, we may terminate all of our obligations under the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and the Indenture with respect to the Notes (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust (as defined below) and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and Paying Agent in respect of the Notes.

In addition, at any time we may terminate our obligations under “— Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control Repurchase Event” and under the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants” (other than the covenant described under “— Merger and Consolidation”), the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy default provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “— Defaults” above (“covenant defeasance”).

We may exercise our legal defeasance option notwithstanding our prior exercise of our covenant defeasance option. If we exercise our legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If we exercise our covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (4), (6), (7) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries) or (8) under “— Defaults” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) under “— Certain Covenants — Merger and Consolidation” above. If we exercise our legal defeasance option or our covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

In order to exercise either of our defeasance options, we must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and

S-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).

Concerning the Trustee

We have appointed U.S. Bank National Association as the Trustee under the Indenture and as Registrar and Paying Agent with respect to the Notes.

The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; provided that if it acquires any conflicting interest it must either eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. If an Event of Default occurs (and is not cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms of the Indenture.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary will have any liability for any obligations under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws, and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Governing Law

The Indenture and the Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

“Attributable Debt” means, with respect to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease involved in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon payment of a penalty, the Attributable Debt shall be the lesser of:

(1)

the Attributable Debt determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the Attributable Debt shall also include the amount of the penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated); and

(2)

the Attributable Debt determined assuming no such termination.

“Capital Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee

S-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without payment of a penalty; provided, that, any obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment, shall, for all purposes under this Indenture, not be treated as Capital Lease Obligations. For purposes of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens,” a Capital Lease Obligation will be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests (including partnership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

“CFC” means (a) a Person that is a “controlled foreign corporation” for purposes of the Code and (b) each Subsidiary of any such Person.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any one of the following:

(1)

the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)), other than to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries;

(2)

the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(3)

the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Change of Control Repurchase Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as at any date, the aggregate amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP, and excluding assets of any Securitization Special Purpose Entity that is a Restricted Subsidiary) after deducting therefrom (1) (to the extent otherwise included therein) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, service marks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and all other intangible assets and (2) all current liabilities (excluding current liabilities of any Securitization Special Purpose Entity that is a Restricted Subsidiary), all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet or the notes thereto for which internal financial statements are available of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2015, by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents and lenders party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed, refinanced, replaced or substituted from time to time in one or more agreements or instruments (in each case with the same or new lenders, investors, purchasers or other debtholders), including pursuant to any agreement extending the maturity thereof or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness thereunder or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including the Credit Agreement and the Existing Notes), commercial paper facilities, securities purchase agreements, indentures or similar agreements, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving loans, term loans,

S-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or the issuance of debt securities, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed, refinanced, replaced or substituted from time to time.

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia other than a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Existing Notes” means the Company’s (1) 6.625% Senior Notes due 2023, (2) 7.000% Senior Notes due 2025 and (3) 6.125% Senior Notes due 2023.

“Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company” means any Restricted Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or Indebtedness of one or more CFCs.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in:

(1)

the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

(2)

statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board;

(3)

such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession; and

(4)

the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

“Hedging Obligations” means obligations under:

(1)

interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

(2)

other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or interest rate risk; and

(3)

other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(1)

the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium on such indebtedness to the extent such premium has become due and payable (other than letters of credit issued in respect of trade payables);

(2)

all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

(3)

all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business);

S-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4)

all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments; provided that such obligations shall not constitute Indebtedness except to the extent drawn upon or presented and not paid within 10 business days;

(5)

all guarantees by such Person of obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (4); and

(6)

all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or assets and the amount of the obligation so secured.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person will be deemed to be:

(A)

with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation;

(B)

with respect to Indebtedness secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the fair market value of such asset on the date the Lien attached and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness;

(C)

with respect to any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness;

(D)

with respect to any Hedging Obligation, the net amount payable if such Hedging Obligation terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and

(E)

otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof.

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.

“Lien” means any mortgage or deed of trust, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, assignment, easement, hypothecation, claim, preference, priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any priority of any kind (including any conditional sale, capital lease or other title retention agreement, any leases in the nature thereof) real or personal, moveable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees) of any one or more of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $100,000,000.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services Inc. and its successors.

“Par Call Date” means , 2027 (the date that is three months prior to the Stated Maturity date of the Notes).

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1)

Liens securing Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, purchase, replacement or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) of such Person (plus additions, improvements, accessions and replacements and customary deposits in connection therewith and proceeds, products and distributions therefrom); provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto or pursuant to customary after-acquired property clauses), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be incurred more than 12 months after the later of such acquisition, completion of construction, purchase, replacement or lease of, repairs, improvement or additions to, such property, plant or equipment subject to the Lien;

(2)

Liens existing on the Issue Date not otherwise constituting Permitted Liens;

S-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3)

Liens on assets, property or shares of Capital Stock (plus additions, improvements, accessions and replacements and customary deposits in connection therewith and proceeds, products and distributions therefrom) of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person (other than a Lien incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person becomes such a Subsidiary); provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto or pursuant to customary after-acquired property clauses);

(4)

Liens on assets or property (plus additions, improvements, accessions and replacements and customary deposits in connection therewith and proceeds, products and distributions therefrom) at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person (other than a Lien incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired such property); provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto or pursuant to customary after-acquired property clauses);

(5)

Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person;

(6)

Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(7)

Liens to secure any refinancing (or successive refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the penultimate paragraph of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens” or in the foregoing clause (1), (2), (3) or (4); provided, however, that:

(A)

such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus additions, improvements, accessions and replacements and customary deposits in connection therewith and proceeds, products and distributions therefrom); and

(B)

the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Liens” or in the foregoing clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accrued interest thereon, and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees, commissions, discounts and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

(8)

Liens incurred to secure cash management services in the ordinary course of business;

(9)

Liens securing the Notes (including any Additional Notes);

(10)

Liens securing Indebtedness under Credit Facilities in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $3.20 billion;

(11)

Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Special Purpose Entity pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is without recourse to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Securitization Special Purpose Entity (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the greater of $500 million and 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and

(12)

Liens securing Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture; provided that such Subsidiary was an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Indebtedness was originally incurred and such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

S-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary sells, conveys, grants a security interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Special Purpose Entity, and such Securitization Special Purpose Entity sells, conveys, grants a security interest in or otherwise transfers to one or more other Persons, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future).

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if either of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of our control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, selected by us as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by either of the Rating Agencies within 60 days from the earlier of (1) the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control and (2) the occurrence of a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies).

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be a Restricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., and its successors.

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to real or tangible personal property owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereafter rents or leases it for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred from such Person.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Securitization Assets” means (i) all receivables, inventory or royalty or other revenue streams transferred in connection with asset securitization transactions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to documents relating to any Qualified Securitization Transaction, (ii) all rights arising under the documentation governing or related to receivables (including rights in respect of Liens securing such receivables and other credit support in respect of such receivables), any proceeds of such receivables and any lockboxes or accounts in which such proceeds are deposited, spread accounts and other similar accounts (and any amounts on deposit therein) established in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction, any warranty, indemnity, dilution and other intercompany claim, arising out of the documents relating to such Qualified Securitization Transaction and other assets that are transferred or in respect of which security interests are granted in connection with asset securitizations involving accounts receivable, and (iii) all collections (including recoveries) and other proceeds of the assets described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

“Securitization Special Purpose Entity” means a Person (including, without limitation, a Restricted Subsidiary) created in connection with the transactions contemplated by a Qualified Securitization Transaction, which Person engages in no activities and holds no assets other than those incidental to such Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC and, for purpose of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred, any group of Subsidiaries that combined would be such a Significant Subsidiary.

S-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means all representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, performance guarantees and servicing obligations entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Special Purpose Entity) that are customary in connection with any Qualified Securitization Transaction.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

(1)

such Person;

(2)

such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

(3)

one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Unless otherwise specified or the context shall otherwise require, “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes the Indenture on the Issue Date as a guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” pursuant to, and in accordance with (i) the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the date of the Indenture) or (ii) any amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, extension, renewal, refinancing, replacement or substitution thereof that provides the Company with similar rights to designate Subsidiaries as “unrestricted”, in each case, for so long as such Credit Agreement remains in effect and such Subsidiary is so designated thereunder. If there are Unrestricted Subsidiaries under the Indenture and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries cease to be “unrestricted subsidiaries” under any such Credit Agreement (whether by termination of such Credit Agreement, re-designation of such Subsidiary or otherwise), such Subsidiary shall automatically become a Restricted Subsidiary under the Indenture.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

“Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than any director’s qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries (or a combination thereof).

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

The Notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered global securities (“Global Notes”) that will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

S-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form.

Depository Procedures

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We and the Trustee take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and we urge investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

(1)

upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and

(2)

ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of these interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes).

Investors in the Global Notes who are Participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations which are Participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

Except as described below, owners of an interest in the Global Notes will not have Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “Holders” thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium and additional interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee will

S-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the Notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

(1)

any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or

(2)

any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.

DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such Notes to its Participants.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued or changed at any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

A Global Note is exchangeable for Certificated Notes if:

(1)

DTC (a) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed;

(2)

the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Certificated Notes; or

(3)

there has occurred and is continuing a Default with respect to the Notes.

In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

S-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Same Day Settlement and Payment

The Company will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and additional interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Company will make all payments of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. The Notes represented by the Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

S-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Underwriting

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated May , 2017, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as representative, the following respective principal amounts of the notes:

	Principal Amount of Notes
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC		$
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Barclays Capital Inc.
TD Securities (USA) LLC
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Mizuho Securities USA LLC
Total		$	500,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the notes if any are purchased. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering of the notes may be terminated.

Notes sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus supplement. Any notes sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the public offering price of up to % of the principal amount of the notes. Any such securities dealers may resell the notes purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount from the public offering price of up to % of the principal amount of the notes. After the initial offering, the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession and discount to brokers or dealers. The offering of the notes by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and is subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We estimate that our out of pocket expenses for this offering will be approximately $ .

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. One or more of the underwriters intend to make a secondary market for the notes. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a secondary market for the notes at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to how liquid the trading market for the notes will be.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments which the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We expect that delivery of the notes will be made to investors on or about , 2017, which will be the business day following the date of this prospectus supplement (such settlement being referred to as “T+ ”). Under Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade notes prior to the delivery of the notes hereunder will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially settle in T+ , to specify an alternate settlement arrangement at the time of any such trade to prevent a failed settlement. Purchasers of the notes who wish to trade the notes prior to their date of delivery hereunder should consult their advisors.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

S-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services in the ordinary course of business for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expense reimbursement.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. If any of the underwriters or their affiliates has a lending relationship with us, certain of those underwriters or their affiliates routinely hedge, and certain other of those underwriters may hedge, their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, these underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities, including potentially the notes offered hereby. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the notes offered hereby.

The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids:

•

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of notes in excess of the principal amount of the notes the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position.

•

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the notes in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. A short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the notes in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the notes originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the notes or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes. As a result, the price of the notes may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

The notes are being offered for sale in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States, subject to applicable law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The notes may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the notes must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus supplement (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the

S-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwrite conflicts of interest in connection with the offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus supplement is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the notes may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus supplement is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

(b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus supplement relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons. Recipients of this prospectus supplement are not permitted to transmit it to any other person. The notes are not being offered to the public in the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of such notes to the public in that Relevant Member State:

(a)

at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b)

at any time to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters nominated by the Company for any such offer; or

(c)

at any time in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of notes referred to in (a) to (c) above shall require the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

S-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of notes to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the applicable notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

S-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Validity of the notes

Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the notes and certain other legal matters on our behalf. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon certain legal matters for the underwriters.

Experts

The financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this Prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find more information

This prospectus supplement is part of a registration statement (File No. 333-217642) we have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and the securities described in this prospectus supplement. The SEC’s rules and regulations allow us to omit certain information included in the registration statement from this prospectus supplement. The registration statement may be inspected by anyone without charge at the SEC’s principal office at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

We file annual, quarterly, and special reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document that we file with the SEC at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You also may inspect our filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. The reports and other information we file with the SEC also are available through our website, www.chemours.com. We have included the SEC’s web address and our web address as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement, information on those websites is not part of this prospectus supplement.

You also can inspect reports and other information we file at the offices of The New York Stock Exchange LLC, 20 Broad Street, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10005, on which our stock is listed.

The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the information we file with it. This means that:

•

incorporated documents are considered part of this prospectus supplement;

•

we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents; and

•

information that we file with the SEC automatically will update and supersede this incorporated information and information in this prospectus supplement.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below which were filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act:

•

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (including such information from the Proxy Statement filed on March 13, 2017 that is incorporated by reference in Part III of such Annual Report);

•

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter March 31, 2017; and

•

our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on April 3, 2017 and May 1, 2017 (in each case, other than information that is furnished but deemed not to have been filed).

We also incorporate by reference reports that we will file under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, and 15(d) of the Exchange Act, but not any information that we may furnish but that is not deemed to be filed.

You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus supplement is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus supplement. Our business, financial position, and results of operations may have changed since that date.

S-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You may request a copy of any filings referred to above (excluding exhibits), at no cost, by contacting us at the following address:

David C. Shelton
SVP, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
The Chemours Company
1007 Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19899
(302) 773-1000
E-mail: david.c.shelton@chemours.com

S-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS

The Chemours Company

Debt Securities
Warrants
Preferred Stock
Common Stock

The Chemours Company from time to time may offer to sell debt securities, warrants, preferred stock and common stock. The debt securities, warrants and preferred stock may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common or preferred stock.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CC.”

This prospectus describes the general terms of these securities and the general manner in which we will offer the securities. When we sell a particular series of securities, we will prepare a prospectus supplement describing the offering and the specific terms of that series of securities. You should read this prospectus and that prospectus supplement carefully before you invest.

We may use this prospectus in the initial sale of these securities on a continuous or delayed basis, at unspecified aggregate initial public offering prices.

The securities may be sold to or through underwriters, through dealers or agents, directly to purchasers or through a combination of these methods. If an offering of securities involves any underwriters, dealers or agents, then the applicable prospectus supplement will name the underwriters, dealers or agents and will provide information regarding any fee, commission or discount arrangements made with those underwriters, dealers or agents.

Potential purchasers of our securities should consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 5.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Prospectus dated May 4, 2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of contents

	About this prospectus					1
	Prospectus summary					2
	Risk factors					5
	Currency risks					5
	Other risks					6
	Use of proceeds					8
	Ratios of earnings to fixed charges					8
	Description of debt securities					9
	General					9
	The indentures					9
	Amounts that we may issue					9
	Form of debt securities					10
	Denomination of debt securities					10
	Different series of debt securities					10
	Information in the prospectus supplement					11
	Fixed-rate notes					11
	Floating-rate notes					12
	Floating-rate/fixed-rate notes					18
	Original issue discount notes					18
	Payment of principal, interest, and other amounts due					19
	No sinking fund					21
	Redemption					21
	Repayment					21
	Repurchase					22
	Conversion					22
	Exchange, registration, and transfer					22
	Subordination					22
	Limitation on mergers and sales of assets					23
	Waiver of covenants					23
	Modification of the indentures					23
	Meetings and action by securityholders					24
	Defaults and rights of acceleration					24
	Collection of indebtedness					25
	Defeasance and covenant defeasance					25
	Notices					26
	Governing law					26
	Description of warrants					27
	General					27
	Description of debt warrants					27
	Description of universal warrants					28
	Information in the prospectus supplement					28
	Modification					29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Enforceability of rights of warrantholders; no Trust Indenture Act protection					29
	Unsecured obligations					29
	Description of preferred stock					30
	General					30
	The preferred stock					30
	Description of common stock					32
	General					32
	Voting and other rights					32
	Dividends					32
	Registration and settlement					33
	Book-entry only issuance					33
	Certificates in registered form					33
	Street name owners					33
	Legal holders					34
	Special considerations for indirect owners					34
	Depositories for global securities					34
	Special considerations for global securities					37
	Registration, transfer, and payment of certificated securities					39
	Description of other indebtedness					40
	Credit facilities and notes					40
	Debt covenants					41
	U.S. federal income tax considerations					43
	Taxation of debt securities					44
	Taxation of common stock and preferred stock					56
	Taxation of warrants					61
	Reportable transactions					61
	Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act					61
	Plan of distribution					63
	Distribution through underwriters					63
	Distribution through dealers					63
	Distribution through agents					63
	Direct sales					64
	General information					64
	ERISA considerations					65
	Where you can find more information					68
	Forward-looking statements					69
	Legal matters					71
	Experts					71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About this prospectus

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf process, we may, from time to time, sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus or the registration statement in one or more offerings.

This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will provide one or more prospectus supplements that describe the particular securities offering and the specific terms of the securities being offered. These documents also may add, update, or change information contained in this prospectus. In this prospectus, when we refer to the “applicable prospectus supplement” or the “accompanying prospectus supplement,” we mean the prospectus supplement or supplements that describe the particular securities being offered to you. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. You should rely only on the information provided in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, the accompanying prospectus supplement, or documents to which we otherwise refer you. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement or supplements, as well as information we have filed or will file with the SEC and that is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, is accurate as of the date of the applicable document or other date referred to in that document. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may have changed since that date.

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “The Chemours Company,” “Chemours,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to The Chemours Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

References in this prospectus to “$” and “dollars” are to the currency of the United States of America.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus summary

This summary section highlights selected information from this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in the securities we may offer using this prospectus. To fully understand the securities we may offer, you should read carefully:

•

this prospectus, which explains the general terms of the securities we may offer;

•

the applicable prospectus supplement, which explains the specific terms of the particular securities we are offering, and which may update or change the information in this prospectus; and

•

the documents we refer to in “Where You Can Find More Information” below for information about us, including our financial statements.

The Chemours Company

The Chemours Company, a Delaware corporation, is a leading global provider of performance chemicals. We operate 26 production facilities located in 10 countries and serve more than 3,800 customers across a wide range of end markets in more than 130 countries. Our headquarters are located at 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19899, and our telephone number is (302) 773-1000. Our website is www.chemours.com. The information on our Internet site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

The securities we may offer

We may offer any of the following securities from time to time:

•

debt securities;

•

warrants;

•

preferred stock; and

•

common stock.

When we use the term “securities” in this prospectus, we mean any of the securities we may offer with this prospectus, unless we specifically state otherwise. This prospectus, including this summary, describes the general terms of the securities we may offer. Each time we sell securities, we will provide you with a prospectus supplement that will describe the offering and the specific terms of the securities being offered. The prospectus supplement may include a discussion of additional U.S. federal income tax consequences and any additional risk factors or other special considerations applicable to those particular securities.

Debt securities

Our debt securities may be either senior or subordinated obligations in right of payment. Our senior and subordinated debt securities will be issued under separate indentures, or contracts, that we have with a trustee. The particular terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Warrants

We may offer two types of warrants:

•

warrants to purchase our debt securities; and

•

warrants to purchase or sell, or whose cash value is determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following:

•

our common or preferred stock or other securities described in this prospectus;

•

any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and

•

one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For any warrants we may offer, we will describe in the applicable prospectus supplement the underlying property, the expiration date, the exercise price or the manner of determining the exercise price, the amount and kind, or the manner of determining the amount and kind, of property to be delivered by you or us upon exercise, and any other specific terms of the warrants. We will issue warrants under warrant agreements that we will enter into with one or more warrant agents.

Preferred stock

We may offer preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series. For any particular series we may offer, we will describe in the applicable prospectus supplement:

•

the specific designation;

•

the aggregate number of shares offered;

•

the dividend rate and periods, or manner of calculating the dividend rate and periods, if any;

•

the par value and liquidation preference amount, if any;

•

the voting rights, if any;

•

the terms on which the series of preferred stock is convertible into shares of our common stock, preferred stock of another series, or other securities, if any;

•

the redemption terms, if any; and

•

any other specific terms of the series.

Form of securities

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will issue the securities in book-entry only form through one or more depositories, such as The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, as identified in the applicable prospectus supplement. We will issue the securities only in registered form, without coupons. The securities issued in book-entry only form will be represented by a global security registered in the name of the specified depository, rather than notes or certificates registered in the name of each individual investor. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, each sale of securities in book-entry form will settle in immediately available funds through the specified depository.

A global security may be exchanged for actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners only if:

•

the depository notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global securities or we become aware that the depository is no longer qualified as a clearing agency, and we fail to appoint a successor to the depository within 60 calendar days; or

•

we, in our sole discretion, determine that the global securities will be exchangeable for certificated securities.

Payment currencies

All amounts payable in respect of the securities, including the purchase price, will be payable in U.S. dollars, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Listing

We will state in the applicable prospectus supplement whether the particular securities that we are offering will be listed or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation system.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distribution

We may offer the securities in four ways:

•

through underwriters;

•

through dealers;

•

through agents; or

•

directly to purchasers.

The applicable prospectus supplement will include any required information about the firms we use and the discounts or commissions we may pay them for their services.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk factors

This section summarizes some specific risks and investment considerations with respect to an investment in our securities. This summary does not describe all of the risks and investment considerations with respect to an investment in our securities, including risks and considerations relating to a prospective investor’s particular circumstances. For information regarding risks that may materially affect our business and results, please refer to the information under the caption “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including those risks discussed under the heading “Risks Related to Our Indebtedness,” as well as those risks discussed in our subsequent filings that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Prospective investors should consult their own financial, legal, tax, and other professional advisors as to the risks associated with an investment in our securities and the suitability of the investment for the investor.

Currency risks

We may issue securities denominated in or whose principal and interest are payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars. We refer to these securities as “Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities.” If you intend to invest in any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities, you should consult your own financial and legal advisors as to the currency risks related to your investment. The Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities are not an appropriate investment for you if you are not knowledgeable about the significant terms and conditions of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities or financial matters in general. The information in this prospectus is directed primarily to investors who are U.S. residents. Investors who are not U.S. residents should consult their own financial and legal advisors about currency-related risks arising from their investment.

Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities have significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in conventional debt securities that are payable solely in U.S. dollars. These risks include possible significant changes in rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the specified currency and the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls or other conditions by either the United States or non-U.S. governments. These risks generally are influenced by factors over which we have no control, such as economic and political events and the supply of and demand for the relevant currencies in the global markets.

Currency exchange rates. Exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies have been highly volatile. This volatility may continue and could spread to other currencies in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could affect adversely an investment in the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities. Depreciation of the specified currency against the U.S. dollar could result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar-equivalent value of payments on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities. That in turn could cause the market value of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities to fall.

Changes in currency exchange rates. Except as described below, we generally will not make any adjustment in or change to the terms of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities for changes in the exchange rate for the specified currency, including any devaluation, revaluation, or imposition of exchange or other regulatory controls or taxes, or for other developments affecting the specified currency, the U.S. dollar, or any other currency. Consequently, you will bear the risk that your investment may be affected adversely by these types of events.

Government policy. Currency exchange rates either can float or be fixed by sovereign governments. Governments or governmental bodies, including the European Central Bank, may intervene in their economies to alter the exchange rate or exchange characteristics of their currencies. For example, a central bank may intervene to devalue or revalue a currency or to replace an existing currency. In addition, a government may impose regulatory controls or taxes to affect the exchange rate of its currency. As a result, the yield or payout of a Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Security could be affected significantly and unpredictably by governmental actions. Changes in exchange rates could affect the value of the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities as participants in the global currency markets move to buy or sell the specified currency or U.S. dollars in reaction to these developments.

If a governmental authority imposes exchange controls or other conditions, such as taxes on the transfer of the specified currency, there may be limited availability of the specified currency for payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities at their maturity or on any other payment date. In addition,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the ability of a holder to move currency freely out of the country in which payment in the currency is received or to convert the currency at a freely determined market rate could be limited by governmental actions.

Payments in U.S. dollars. The terms of any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities may provide that we may have the right to make a payment in U.S. dollars instead of the specified currency, if at or about the time when the payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities comes due, the specified currency is subject to convertibility, transferability, market disruption, or other conditions affecting its availability because of circumstances beyond our control. These circumstances could include the imposition of exchange controls or our inability to obtain the specified currency because of a disruption in the currency markets for the specified currency. The exchange rate used to make payment in U.S. dollars may be based on limited information and would involve significant discretion on the part of our exchange rate agent. As a result, the value of the payment in U.S. dollars may be less than the value of the payment you would have received in the specified currency if the specified currency had been available.

Court judgments. Any Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities typically will be governed by New York law. Under Section 27 of the New York Judiciary Law, a state court in the State of New York rendering a judgment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Securities would be required to render the judgment in the specified currency. In turn, the judgment would be converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of entry of the judgment. Consequently, in a lawsuit for payment on the Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities, you would bear currency exchange risk until judgment is entered, which could be a long time.

In courts outside of New York, you may not be able to obtain judgment in a specified currency other than U.S. dollars. For example, a judgment for money in an action based on Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Securities in many other U.S. federal or state courts ordinarily would be enforced in the United States only in U.S. dollars. The date used to determine the rate of conversion of the specified currency into U.S. dollars will depend on various factors, including which court renders the judgment.

Other risks

Possible illiquidity of the secondary market. We may not list our securities on any securities exchange. We cannot predict how these securities will trade in the secondary market or whether that market will be liquid or illiquid. The number of potential buyers of our securities in any secondary market may be limited. Although any underwriters or agents may purchase and sell our securities in the secondary market from time to time, these underwriters or agents will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market for the securities at any time without giving us notice. We cannot assure you that a secondary market for any of our securities will develop, or that if one develops, it will be maintained.

Redemption. The terms of our securities may permit or require redemption of the securities prior to maturity. That redemption may occur at a time when prevailing interest rates are relatively low. As a result, in the case of debt or similar securities, a holder of the redeemed securities may not be able to invest the redemption proceeds in a new investment that yields a similar return.

Usury laws. New York law will govern the debt securities offered by this prospectus. New York usury laws limit the amount of interest that can be charged and paid on loans, including the debt securities. Under current New York law, the maximum permissible rate of interest is 25% per year on a simple interest basis. This limit may not apply to debt securities in which $2,500,000 or more has been invested. While we believe that a U.S. federal or state court sitting outside New York may give effect to New York law, many other states also have laws that regulate the amount of interest that may be charged to and paid by a borrower. We do not intend to claim the benefits of any laws concerning usurious rates of interest.

Credit rating. Our credit rating is an assessment of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit rating may affect the trading value of our securities. However, because the return on our securities generally depends upon factors in addition to our ability to pay our obligations, an improvement in this credit rating will not reduce the other investment risks, if any, related to our securities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Holding company. Because The Chemours Company is a holding company, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. As a result, claims of holders of our securities generally will have a junior position to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sales of the securities to provide additional funds for our operations and for other general corporate purposes.

Ratios of earnings to fixed charges

Our consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

	Three months ended				Year ended December 31,
	March 31, 2017		March 31, 2016		2016		2015		2014		2013		2012
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		4		2		(a)		(a)		185		289		747
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends		4		2		(a)		(a)		185		289		747

(a)

Due to net losses in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1. Our earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges requirements by $39 million and $208 million, respectively.

We did not incur interest expense prior to May 12, 2015. As such, no material fixed charges were incurred prior to that date. We have not issued any shares of preferred stock and did not declare or pay any preferred stock dividends in the five year period ended December 31, 2016, or the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of debt securities

General

We may issue senior or subordinated debt securities. Neither the senior debt securities nor the subordinated debt securities will be secured by any of our property or assets. As a result, by owning a debt security, you are one of our unsecured creditors.

The senior debt securities will constitute part of our senior debt, will be issued under our senior indenture described below, and will rank on a parity with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt.

The subordinated debt securities will constitute part of our subordinated debt, will be issued under our subordinated indenture described below, and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our “senior indebtedness,” as defined in the subordinated debt indenture. Neither the senior indenture nor the subordinated indenture will limit our ability to incur additional “senior indebtedness.”

The indentures

The senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities each are governed by a document called an indenture, which is a contract between us and the applicable trustee. Senior debt securities will be issued under an indenture to be entered into between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee, that we will file on a Form 8-K or with an amendment to our registration statement in a form substantially similar to the form we have filed as an exhibit hereto (as supplemented, the “Senior Indenture”). The subordinated debt securities will be issued under a subordinated indenture that we will file on a Form 8-K or with an amendment to our registration statement (as supplemented, the “Subordinated Indenture”). The Senior Indenture and Subordinated Indenture will be substantially identical, except for:

•

the covenant described below under “— Sale or issuance of capital stock of subsidiaries,” which is included only in the Senior Indenture;

•

the provisions relating to subordination described below under “— Subordination,” which are included only in the Subordinated Indenture; and

•

the events of default described below under “— Defaults and rights of acceleration,” many of which are not included in the Subordinated Indenture.

In this prospectus, when we refer to “debt securities,” we mean both our senior debt securities and our subordinated debt securities, when we refer to the “indenture” or the “trustee” with respect to any debt securities, we mean the indenture under which those debt securities are issued and the trustee under that indenture, and references to “Subordinated Indenture” and to the “indenture” with respect to our subordinated debt securities will also include the subordinated indenture that we will file on a Form 8-K or with an amendment to our registration statement.

The trustee under each indenture has two principal functions:

•

First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. However, there are limitations on the extent to which the trustee may act on your behalf, which we describe below under “— Collection of indebtedness.”

•

Second, the trustee performs administrative duties for us, including the delivery of interest payments and notices.

Amounts that we may issue

Neither indenture limits the aggregate amount of debt securities that we may issue or the number of series or the aggregate amount of any particular series. The indentures and the debt securities also do not limit our ability to incur other indebtedness or to issue other securities. This means that we may issue additional debt securities and other securities at any time without your consent and without notifying you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, neither indenture contains provisions protecting holders against a decline in our credit quality resulting from takeovers, recapitalizations, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, or restructuring. If our credit quality declines as a result of an event of this type, or otherwise, any ratings of our debt securities then outstanding may be withdrawn or downgraded.

This section is only a summary of the indentures and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the indentures. We have filed with the SEC the Senior Indenture, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and we will file the Subordinated Indenture on a Form 8-K or with an amendment to our registration statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information” below for information on how to obtain copies of the indentures. Whenever we refer to the defined terms of the indentures in this prospectus or in a prospectus supplement without defining them, the terms have the meanings given to them in the indentures. You must look to the indentures for the most complete description of the information summarized in this prospectus.

Form of debt securities

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will issue each debt security in global, or book-entry, form. Debt securities in book-entry form will be represented by a global security registered in the name of a depository. Accordingly, the depository will be the holder of all the debt securities represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial interests in a global security will do so through participants in the depository’s securities clearance system, and the rights of these indirect owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of the depository and its participants. We describe the procedures applicable to book-entry securities below under the heading “Registration and Settlement.”

We will issue our debt securities in fully registered form, without coupons.

Denomination of debt securities

Our debt securities may be denominated, and cash payments with respect to the debt securities may be made, in U.S. dollars or in another currency, or in a composite currency, a basket of currencies, or a currency unit or units. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the debt securities will initially be denominated, and cash payments with respect to the debt securities will initially be made, in U.S. dollars, and the debt securities ordinarily will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000. If any of the debt securities are denominated, or if principal, any premium, interest, and any other amounts payable on any of the debt securities is payable, in a foreign currency, or in a composite currency, a basket of currencies, or a currency unit or units, the specified currency, as well as any additional investment considerations, risk factors, restrictions, tax consequences, specific terms, and other information relating to that issue of debt securities and the specified currency, composite currency, basket of currencies, or currency unit or units, may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. We describe some of those investment considerations relating to securities denominated or payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars above under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Different series of debt securities

We may issue our debt securities from time to time in one or more series with the same or different maturities. We also may “reopen” a series of our debt securities. This means that we can increase the principal amount of a series of our debt securities by selling additional debt securities with the same terms. We may do so without notice to the existing holders of securities of that series. However, any new securities of this kind may begin to bear interest at a different date.

This section of the prospectus summarizes the material terms of the debt securities that are common to all series. We will describe the financial and other specific terms of the series of debt securities being offered in the applicable prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement also may describe any differences from the material terms described in this prospectus. If there are any differences between the applicable prospectus supplement and this prospectus, the applicable prospectus supplement will control.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information in the prospectus supplement

The terms of your series of debt securities as described in the applicable prospectus supplement will include the following:

•

the title and type of the debt securities;

•

the principal amount of the debt securities;

•

the minimum denominations, if other than $2,000 and multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000;

•

the percentage of the stated principal amount at which the debt securities will be sold and, if applicable, the method of determining the price;

•

the person to whom interest is payable, if other than the owner of the debt securities;

•

the maturity date or dates;

•

the interest rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable, and the method used to calculate that interest;

•

the interest payment dates, the regular record dates for the interest payment dates, and the date interest will begin to accrue;

•

the place or places where payments on the debt securities may be made and the place or places where the debt securities may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange;

•

any date or dates after which the debt securities may be redeemed, repurchased, or repaid in whole or in part at our option or the option of the holder, and the periods, prices, terms, and conditions of that redemption, repurchase, or repayment;

•

if other than the full principal amount, the portion of the principal amount of the debt securities that will be payable if their maturity is accelerated;

•

the currency of principal, any premium, interest, and any other amounts payable on the debt securities, if other than U.S. dollars;

•

if the debt securities will be issued in other than book-entry form;

•

the identification of or method of selecting any interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate agents, or any other agents for the debt securities;

•

any provisions for the discharge of our obligations relating to the debt securities by the deposit of funds or U.S. government obligations;

•

any provisions relating to the extension or renewal of the maturity date of the debt securities;

•

whether the debt securities will be listed on any securities exchange; and

•

any other terms of the debt securities that are permitted under the applicable indenture.

Fixed-rate notes

General. We may issue debt securities that bear interest at one or more fixed rates of interest, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement. We refer to these as “fixed-rate notes.” Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, each fixed-rate note will bear interest from its original issue date or from the most recent date to which interest on the note has been paid or made available for payment. Interest will accrue on the principal of a fixed-rate note at the fixed annual rate stated in the applicable prospectus supplement, until the principal is paid or made available for payment or the note is converted or exchanged.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will pay interest on any fixed-rate note quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, in arrears, on the days set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement (each such day being an “interest payment date” for a fixed-rate note) and at maturity. Each interest payment due on an interest payment date or the maturity date will include interest accrued from and including the most recent interest payment date

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to which interest has been paid, or, if no interest has been paid, from the original issue date, to but excluding the next interest payment date or the maturity date, as the case may be. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, interest on fixed-rate notes will be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. We will make payments on fixed-rate notes as described below under the heading “— Payment of principal, interest, and other amounts due.”

Amortizing notes. We also may issue amortizing notes, which are fixed-rate notes for which combined principal and interest payments are made in installments over the life of the debt security. Payments on amortizing notes are applied first to interest due and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal amount. The prospectus supplement for an amortizing note will include a table setting forth repayment information.

Floating-rate notes

General. We may issue debt securities that will bear interest at a floating rate of interest determined by reference to one or more interest rate bases, or by reference to one or more interest rate formulae, referred to as the “base rate.” We refer to these debt securities as “floating-rate notes.” The base rate may be one or more of the following:

•

the federal funds rate, in which case the debt security will be a “federal funds rate note;”

•

the London interbank offered rate, in which case the debt security will be a “LIBOR note;”

•

the euro interbank offered rate, in which case the debt security will be a “EURIBOR note;”

•

the prime rate, in which case the debt security will be a “prime rate note;”

•

the treasury rate, in which case the debt security will be a “treasury rate note;” or

•

any other interest rate formula as may be specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The interest rate for a floating-rate note will be determined by reference to:

•

the specified base rate based on the index maturity;

•

plus or minus the spread, if any; and/or

•

multiplied by the spread multiplier, if any.

For any floating-rate note, the “index maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument for which the interest rate basis is calculated and will be specified in the applicable prospectus supplement. The “spread” is the number of basis points we specify on the floating-rate note to be added to or subtracted from the base rate. The “spread multiplier” is the percentage we may specify on the floating-rate note by which the base rate is multiplied in order to calculate the applicable interest rate.

A floating-rate note also may be subject to:

•

a maximum interest rate limit, or ceiling, on the interest that may accrue during any interest period;

•

a minimum interest rate limit, or floor, on the interest that may accrue during any interest period; or

•

both.

In addition, the interest rate on a floating-rate note may not be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law, as that rate may be modified by United States law of general application. Under current New York law, the maximum rate of interest, subject to some exceptions, for any loan in an amount less than $250,000 is 16% and for any loan in the amount of $250,000 or more but less than $2,500,000 is 25% per annum on a simple interest basis. These limits do not apply to loans of $2,500,000 or more.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, each floating-rate note will bear interest from its original issue date or from the most recent date to which interest on the note has been paid or made available for payment. Interest will accrue on the principal of a floating-rate note at the annual rate determined according to the interest rate formula stated in the applicable prospectus supplement, until the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

principal is paid or made available for payment. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will pay interest on any floating-rate note monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as applicable, in arrears, on the days set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement (each such day being an “interest payment date” for a floating-rate note) and at maturity. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, each interest payment due on an interest payment date or the maturity date will include interest accrued from and including the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid, or, if no interest has been paid, from the original issue date, to but excluding the next interest payment date or the maturity date, as the case may be (each such period, an “interest period”). We will make payments on floating-rate notes as described below under the heading “— Payment of principal, interest, and other amounts due.”

How interest is reset. The interest rate in effect from the date of issue to the first interest reset date for a floating-rate note will be the initial interest rate determined as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The interest rate of each floating-rate note may be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually, as we specify in the applicable prospectus supplement. We refer to each date on which the interest rate for a floating-rate note will reset as an “interest reset date.”

The “interest determination date” for any interest reset date is the day the calculation agent will refer to when determining the new interest rate at which a floating rate will reset. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the interest determination date for an interest reset date will be:

•

for a federal funds rate note or a prime rate note, the business day immediately preceding the interest reset date;

•

for a LIBOR note, the second London Banking Day (as defined below) preceding the interest reset date unless the index currency is pounds sterling, in which case the interest determination date will be the interest reset date;

•

for a EURIBOR note, the second TARGET Settlement Date (as defined below) preceding the interest reset date;

•

for a treasury rate note, the day of the week in which the interest reset date falls on which Treasury bills (as described below) of the applicable index maturity would normally be auctioned; and

•

for a floating-rate note with two or more base rates, the interest determination date will be the most recent business day that is at least two business days prior to the applicable interest reset date on which each applicable base rate is determinable.

Treasury bills usually are sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction usually is held on the following Tuesday, except that the auction may be held on the preceding Friday. If, as a result of a legal holiday, an auction is held on the preceding Friday, that preceding Friday will be the interest determination date pertaining to the interest reset date occurring in the next succeeding week. The treasury rate will be determined as of that date, and the applicable interest rate will take effect on the applicable interest reset date. If Treasury bills are sold at an auction that falls on a day that is an interest reset date, then the interest reset date will be the next following business day, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement.

We will specify the interest reset dates in the applicable prospectus supplement. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, any interest reset date for any floating-rate note falls on a day that is not a business day for the floating-rate note, the interest reset date for the floating-rate note will be postponed to the next day that is a business day for the floating-rate note. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, in the case of a LIBOR note or a EURIBOR note, if the next business day is in the next succeeding calendar month, the interest reset date will be the immediately preceding business day.

Calculation of interest. Calculations relating to floating-rate notes will be made by the calculation agent, which will be an institution that we appoint as our agent for this purpose. We will identify in the applicable prospectus supplement the calculation agent we have appointed for a particular series of debt securities as of its original issue date. We may appoint different calculation agents from time to time after the original issue date of a floating-rate note without your consent and without notifying you of the change.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Absent manifest error, all determinations of the calculation agent will be final and binding on you, the trustee, and us. Notwithstanding any terms herein to the contrary, calculations relating to floating-rate notes will be made by the calculation agent in accordance with the procedures specified in the applicable indenture or supplemental indenture.

For each floating-rate note, the calculation agent will determine, on the corresponding calculation or interest determination date, the interest rate for the applicable interest period. In addition, the calculation agent will calculate the amount of interest that has accrued during each interest period. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the calculation date for any interest determination date will be the date by which the calculation agent computes the amount of interest owed on a floating-rate note for the related interest period. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the calculation date pertaining to an interest determination date will be the earlier of:

•

the tenth calendar day after that interest determination date or, if that day is not a business day, the next succeeding business day; or

•

the business day immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date, the maturity date, or the date of redemption or prepayment, as the case may be.

Accrued interest on a floating-rate note is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor is the sum of the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the accrued interest factor will be computed and interest will be paid (including payments for partial periods) as follows:

•

for federal funds rate notes, LIBOR notes, EURIBOR notes, prime rate notes, or any other floating-rate notes other than treasury rate notes, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 360; and

•

for treasury rate notes, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 365 or 366, as applicable.

All amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on floating-rate notes will be rounded to the nearest cent, in the case of U.S. dollars, or to the nearest corresponding hundredth of a unit, in the case of a currency other than U.S. dollars, with one-half cent or one-half of a corresponding hundredth of a unit or more being rounded upward. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, all percentages resulting from any calculation with respect to a floating-rate note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percent, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards, e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655).

In determining the base rate that applies to a floating-rate note during a particular interest period, the calculation agent may obtain rate quotes from various banks or dealers active in the relevant market, as described in the descriptions of the base rates below and/or in the applicable prospectus supplement. Those reference banks and dealers may include the calculation agent itself and its affiliates, as well as any underwriter, dealer, or agent participating in the distribution of the relevant floating-rate notes and its affiliates, and they may include our affiliates.

At the request of the holder of any floating-rate note, the calculation agent will provide the interest rate then in effect for that floating-rate note and, if already determined, the interest rate that is to take effect on the next interest reset date.

LIBOR notes. Each LIBOR note will bear interest at the LIBOR base rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement. The LIBOR base rate will be the London interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars or any index currency, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The calculation agent will determine LIBOR on each interest determination date as follows:

•

If “LIBOR Reuters” is specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates for deposits in the relevant index currency having the index maturity described in the applicable prospectus supplement, commencing on the related interest

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reset date, as the rates appear on the Reuters LIBOR screen page designated in the applicable prospectus supplement as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on that interest determination date, if at least two offered rates appear on the designated Reuters LIBOR screen page, except that, if the designated LIBOR page only provides for a single rate, that single rate will be used.

If “LIBOR Reuters” applies and fewer than two of the rates described above appear on that page or no rate appears on any page on which only one rate normally appears, then the calculation agent will determine LIBOR as follows:

•

The calculation agent will select four major banks in the London interbank market, after consultation with us. On the interest determination date, those four banks will be requested to provide their offered quotations for deposits in the relevant index currency having an index maturity specified in the applicable prospectus supplement commencing on the interest reset date and in a representative amount to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time.

•

If at least two quotations are provided, the calculation agent will determine LIBOR as the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

•

If fewer than two quotations are provided, the calculation agent will select, after consultation with us, three major banks in New York City, or if the relevant index currency is not U.S. dollars, the principal financial center of the country issuing the index currency. On the interest reset date, those three banks will be requested to provide their offered quotations for loans in the relevant index currency having an index maturity specified in the applicable prospectus supplement commencing on the interest reset date to leading European banks at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York time (or the time in the relevant principal financial center). The calculation agent will determine LIBOR as the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

•

If fewer than three New York City banks (or banks in the relevant principal financial center) selected by the calculation agent are quoting rates, LIBOR for that interest period will remain LIBOR then in effect on the interest determination date.

“Principal financial center” means, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the capital city of the country to which the index currency relates, except for U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand, and Swiss francs, for which the “principal financial center” is New York, Sydney and Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg, and Zurich, respectively.

“Representative amount” means an amount that, in the calculation agent’s judgment, is representative of a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

“Reuters page” means the display on the Thomson Reuters service, or any successor or replacement service (“Reuters”), on the page or pages specified in this prospectus or the applicable prospectus supplement, or any successor or replacement page or pages on that service.

EURIBOR notes. Each EURIBOR note will bear interest at the EURIBOR base rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

EURIBOR, for any interest determination date, will mean the rate for deposits in euro as sponsored, calculated, and published jointly by the European Banking Federation and ACI — The Financial Markets Association, or any company established by the joint sponsors for purposes of compiling and publishing those rates, having the index maturity specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, as that rate appears on the display on Reuters on page EURIBOR 01, referred to as “Reuters Page EURIBOR 01,” as of 11:00 A.M., Brussels time.

The following procedures will be followed if EURIBOR cannot be determined as described above:

•

If no offered rate appears on Reuters Page EURIBOR 01 on an interest determination date at approximately 11:00 A.M., Brussels time, then the calculation agent, after consultation with us, will select four major banks in the Eurozone interbank market to provide a quotation of the rate at which deposits in euro having the index maturity specified in the applicable prospectus

TABLE OF CONTENTS

supplement are offered to prime banks in the Eurozone interbank market, and in a principal amount not less than the equivalent of €1,000,000, that is representative of a single transaction in euro in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, EURIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

•

If fewer than two quotations are provided, then the calculation agent, after consultation with us, will select four major banks in the Eurozone interbank market to provide a quotation of the rate offered by them, at approximately 11:00 A.M., Brussels time, on the interest determination date, for loans in euro to prime banks in the Eurozone interbank market for a period of time equivalent to the index maturity specified in the applicable prospectus supplement commencing on that interest reset date and in a principal amount not less than the equivalent of €1,000,000, that is representative of a single transaction in euro in that market at that time. If at least three quotations are provided, EURIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

•

If three quotations are not provided, EURIBOR for that interest determination date will be equal to EURIBOR for the immediately preceding interest period.

“Eurozone” means the region comprising member states of the European Union that adopted the euro as their single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community (signed in Rome on March 25, 1957), as amended by the Treaty on European Union (signed in Maastricht on February 7, 1992) and the Treaty of Amsterdam (signed in Amsterdam on October 2, 1997).

Treasury rate notes. Each treasury rate note will bear interest at the treasury rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The “treasury rate” for any interest determination date will be the rate set at the auction of direct obligations of the United States, referred to as “Treasury bills,” having the index maturity described in the applicable prospectus supplement, as specified under the caption “INVEST RATE” on Reuters page USAUCTION 10 or page USAUCTION 11.

The following procedures will be followed if the treasury rate cannot be determined as described above:

•

If the rate is not displayed on Reuters by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the bond equivalent yield, as defined below, of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury bills as announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

•

If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or if the auction is not held, the treasury rate will be the bond equivalent yield of the rate on the particular interest determination date of the applicable Treasury bills as published in H.15(519) under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills (Secondary Market).”

•

If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not announced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the treasury rate will be the bond equivalent yield of the rate on the particular interest determination date of the applicable Treasury bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or another recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market.”

•

If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not published by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the rate on the particular interest determination date of the applicable Treasury bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, or another recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market.”

•

If the alternative rate described in the paragraph immediately above is not published by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the treasury rate will be the rate on the particular interest determination date calculated by the calculation agent as the bond equivalent yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 P.M.,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

New York City time, on that interest determination date, of three primary U.S. government securities dealers, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us, for the issue of Treasury bills with a remaining maturity closest to the particular index maturity.

•

If the dealers selected by the calculation agent are not quoting as described in the paragraph immediately above, the treasury rate will be the treasury rate in effect on the particular interest determination date.

The bond equivalent yield will be calculated using the following formula:

	Bond equivalent yield =			D × N			× 100
				360-(D × M)

where “D” refers to the applicable annual rate for Treasury bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable interest period.

“H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

“H.15 Daily Update” means the daily update of H.15(519), available through the website of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update, or any successor site or publication.

Federal funds rate notes. Each federal funds rate note will bear interest at the federal funds rate, adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

If “Federal Funds (Effective) Rate” is specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the federal funds rate for any interest determination date will be the rate on that date for U.S. dollar federal funds, as published in H.15(519) under the heading “Federal funds (effective)” and displayed on Reuters on page FEDFUNDS1 under the heading “EFFECT,” referred to as “Reuters Page FedFunds1.” If this rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, or does not appear on Reuters Page FedFunds1, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date as published in H.15 Daily Update, or any other recognized electronic source for the purposes of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Federal funds (effective).” If this alternate rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update, or other recognized electronic source for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the federal funds rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day following that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. If fewer than three brokers selected by the calculation agent are so quoting, the federal funds rate will be the federal funds rate in effect on that interest determination date.

If “Federal Funds Open Rate” is specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date set forth under the heading “Federal Funds” opposite the caption “Open” and displayed on Reuters on page 5, referred to as “Reuters Page 5,” or if that rate does not appear on Reuters Page 5 by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date displayed on FFPREBON Index page on Bloomberg L.P. (“Bloomberg”), which is the Fed Funds Opening Rate as reported by Prebon Yamane (or a successor) on Bloomberg. If the alternate rate described in the preceding sentence is not displayed on FFPREBON Index page on Bloomberg, or any other recognized electronic source for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the federal funds rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds, quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If “Federal Funds Target Rate” is specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the federal funds rate will be the rate on that interest determination date for U.S. dollar federal funds displayed on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg. If that rate does not appear on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the calculation date, the federal funds rate for the applicable interest determination date will be the rate for that day appearing on Reuters on page USFFTARGET=, referred to as “Reuters Page USFFTARGET=.” If that rate does not appear on the FDTR Index page on Bloomberg or is not displayed on Reuters page USFFTARGET= by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the federal funds rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds, quoted prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date, by each of three leading brokers of U.S. dollar federal funds transactions in New York City, selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us. If fewer than three brokers selected by the calculation agent are quoting as described above, the federal funds rate will be the federal funds rate in effect on that interest determination date.

Prime rate notes. Each prime rate note will bear interest at the prime rate, as adjusted by any spread or spread multiplier, as specified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The “prime rate” for any interest determination date will be the prime rate or base lending rate on that date, as published in H.15(519) prior to 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, under the heading “Bank prime loan.”

The following procedures will be followed if the prime rate cannot be determined as described above:

•

If the rate is not published in H.15(519) by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the prime rate will be the rate as published in H.15 Daily Update, or any other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate, under the caption “Bank prime loan.”

•

If the alternative rate described above is not published in H.15 Daily Update or another recognized electronic source by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the related calculation date, then the calculation agent will determine the prime rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on Reuters page USPRIME1, as defined below, as that bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as in effect as of 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on that interest determination date.

•

If fewer than four rates appear on the Reuters page USPRIME1 for that interest determination date, by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, then the calculation agent will determine the prime rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates furnished in New York City by three substitute banks or trust companies (all organized under the laws of the United States or any of its states and having total equity capital of at least $500,000,000) selected by the calculation agent, after consultation with us.

•

If the banks selected by the calculation agent are not quoting as described above, the prime rate will remain the prime rate then in effect on the interest determination date.

“Reuters page USPRIME1” means the display designated as page “USPRIME1” on Reuters for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major U.S. banks.

Floating-rate/fixed-rate notes

We may issue a debt security with elements of each of the fixed-rate and floating-rate notes described above. For example, a debt security may bear interest at a fixed rate for some periods and at a floating rate in others. We will describe the determination of interest for any of these debt securities in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Original issue discount notes

A fixed-rate note or a floating-rate note may be an original issue discount note. Original issue discount notes are debt securities that are issued at a price lower than their stated principal amount or lower than their minimum guaranteed repayment amount at maturity. Original issue discount notes may bear no

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest (“zero coupon rate notes”) or may bear interest at a rate that is below market rates at the time of issuance. Upon an acceleration of the maturity of an original issue discount note, the amount of interest payable will be determined in accordance with the terms of the note, as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. That amount normally is less than the amount payable at the maturity date. A note issued at a discount to its principal may, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be considered an original issue discount note, regardless of the amount payable upon redemption or acceleration of maturity. See “U.S. federal income tax considerations — Taxation of debt securities” below for a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning an original issue discount note.

Payment of principal, interest, and other amounts due

Paying agents. We may appoint one or more financial institutions to act as our paying agents. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the trustee will act as our sole paying agent, security registrar, and transfer agent with respect to the debt securities through the trustee’s office. At any time, we may rescind the designation of a paying agent, appoint a successor paying agent, or approve a change in the office through which any successor paying agent acts in accordance with the applicable indenture and advise holders of debt securities of such change or appointment. In addition, we may decide to act as our own paying agent with respect to some or all of the debt securities, and the paying agent may resign.

Payments to holders. We refer to each date on which interest is payable on a debt security as an “interest payment date.” Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the provisions described in this section will apply to payments on the debt securities.

Interest payments on the debt securities will be made on each interest payment date applicable to, and at the maturity date of, the debt securities. Interest payable at any interest payment date other than the maturity date will be paid to the registered holder of the debt security on the regular record date for that interest payment date, as described below. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the initial interest payment on a debt security issued between a regular record date and the interest payment date immediately following the regular record date will be made on the second interest payment date following the original issue date to the holder of record on the regular record date preceding the second interest payment date. The principal and interest payable at maturity will be paid to the holder of the debt security at the close of business on the maturity date.

Record dates for payment of interest. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the record date for any interest payment for a debt security in book-entry only form generally will be the business day prior to the payment date. If the debt security is in a form that is other than book-entry only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the regular record date for an interest payment date will be the last day of the calendar month preceding the interest payment date or the fifteenth day of the calendar month in which the interest payment date occurs, as specified in the prospectus supplement, whether or not that date is a business day.

Business day convention. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, if any interest payment date or the maturity date of a debt security falls on a day that is not a business day, we will make the required payment on the next business day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on the next business day. However, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, for LIBOR notes or EURIBOR notes, if an interest payment date falls on a date that is not a business day, and the next business day is in the next calendar month, the interest payment date will be the immediately preceding business day.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the term “business day” means, for any debt security, a day that meets all the following applicable requirements:

•

for all debt securities, is any weekday that is not a legal holiday in New York, New York, Wilmington, Delaware, and/or any other place of payment of the debt security, and is not a date on which banking institutions in those cities are authorized or required by law or regulation to be closed;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

for any LIBOR note, also is a day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in the index currency specified in the applicable prospectus supplement) in London, England (a “London Banking Day”);

•

for any debt security denominated in euro or any EURIBOR note, also is a day on which the TransEuropean Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET 2) System (“TARGET”) or any successor is operating (a “TARGET Settlement Date”); and

•

for any debt security that has a specified currency other than U.S. dollars or euro, also is not a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law, regulation, or executive order to close in the principal financial center of the country of the specified currency.

For purposes of this determination, the “principal financial centers” are:

•

the capital city of the country issuing the specified currency, except for U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand, and Swiss francs, for which the “principal financial centers” are New York, Sydney and Melbourne, Toronto, Johannesburg, and Zurich, respectively; or

•

the capital city of the country to which the index currency relates, except for U.S. dollars, Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, South African rand, and Swiss francs, for which the “principal financial centers” are New York, Sydney, Toronto, Johannesburg, and Zurich, respectively.

Payments due in U.S. dollars. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will follow the practices described in this subsection when we pay amounts that are due in U.S. dollars.

We will make payments on debt securities in book-entry form in accordance with arrangements then in place between the paying agent and the depository or its nominee, as holder. An indirect owner’s right to receive those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depository and its participants, as described below under the heading “Registration and Settlement.”

We will pay any interest on debt securities in certificated form on each interest payment date other than the maturity date by check mailed to holders of the debt securities on the applicable record date at the address appearing on our records. We will pay any principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) at the maturity date of a debt security in certificated form by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon surrender of the debt security at the corporate trust office of the applicable trustee or paying agent.

Book-entry and other indirect owners should contact their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Payments due in other currencies. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will follow the practices described in this subsection when we pay amounts that are due in a currency other than U.S. dollars. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders are not entitled to receive payments in U.S. dollars of an amount due in another currency, either on a global debt security or a debt security in certificated form.

We will make payments on Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities in book-entry form in the applicable specified currency in accordance with arrangements then in place between the paying agent and the depository or its nominee, as holder. An indirect owner’s right to receive those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depository and its participants, as described below under the heading “Registration and Settlement.”

We will pay any interest on Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Securities in certificated form by check mailed to holders of the debt securities on the applicable record date at the address appearing on our records. We will pay any principal, premium (if any), interest, and other amounts payable (if any) at the maturity date of a Non-U.S. Dollar-Denominated Debt Security in certificated form by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon surrender of the debt security at the corporate trust office of the applicable trustee or paying agent.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we issue a debt security in a specified currency other than U.S. dollars, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will appoint a financial institution to act as the exchange rate agent. The exchange rate agent will determine the applicable rate of exchange that would apply to a payment made in U.S. dollars, if the currency in which we otherwise would be required to make the applicable payment is not available. We will identify in the applicable prospectus supplement the exchange rate agent that we have appointed for a particular debt security as of its original issue date. We may appoint different exchange rate agents from time to time after the original issue date of the debt security without your consent and without notifying you of the change. All determinations made by the exchange rate agent will be in its sole discretion unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that any determination requires our approval. Absent manifest error, those determinations will be final and binding on you and us.

Book-entry and other indirect owners of a debt security with a specified currency other than U.S. dollars should contact their banks or brokers for information about how to receive payments in the specified currency or in U.S. dollars.

No sinking fund

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, our debt securities will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund. This means that we will not deposit money on a regular basis into any separate custodial account to repay the debt securities.

Redemption

The applicable prospectus supplement will indicate whether we may redeem the debt securities prior to their maturity date. If we may redeem the debt securities prior to maturity, the applicable prospectus supplement will indicate the redemption price, the method for redemption, and the date or dates upon which we may redeem the debt securities. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the redemption price will be 100% of the principal amount of the debt securities to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we may exercise our right to redeem debt securities by giving notice to the trustee under the applicable indenture at least 10 business days but not more than 60 calendar days before the specified redemption date. The notice will take the form of a certificate signed by us specifying:

•

the date fixed for redemption;

•

the redemption price;

•

the CUSIP number of the debt securities to be redeemed;

•

the amount to be redeemed, if less than all of a series of debt securities is to be redeemed;

•

the place of payment for the debt securities to be redeemed; and

•

that on and after the date fixed for redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the debt securities to be redeemed.

So long as a depository is the record holder of the applicable debt securities to be redeemed, we will deliver any notice of our election to exercise our redemption right only to that depository.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, to the extent then required by applicable laws or regulations, our subordinated debt securities may not be redeemed prior to maturity without the requisite prior approvals, if any, from applicable regulators.

Repayment

The applicable prospectus supplement will indicate whether the debt securities can be repaid at the holder’s option prior to their maturity date. If the debt securities may be repaid prior to maturity, the applicable prospectus supplement will indicate the applicable repayment price or prices, the procedures for repayment, and the date or dates on or after which the holder can request repayment.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, to the extent then required by applicable laws or regulations, our subordinated debt securities may not be repaid prior to maturity without the requisite prior approvals, if any, from applicable regulators.

Repurchase

We may purchase at any time and from time to time, including through a subsidiary or affiliate of ours, outstanding debt securities by tender, in the open market, or by private agreement. We, or our affiliates, have the discretion to hold or resell any repurchased debt securities. We also have the discretion to cancel any repurchased debt securities.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, to the extent then required by applicable laws or regulations, our subordinated debt securities may not be repurchased prior to maturity without the requisite prior approvals, if any, from applicable regulators.

Conversion

We may issue debt securities that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, at either our option or the holder’s option, our preferred stock, common stock, or other debt securities. The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the terms of any conversion, exercise, or exchange features, including:

•

the periods during which conversion, exercise, or exchange, as applicable, may be elected;

•

the conversion, exercise, or exchange price payable and the number of shares or amount of our preferred stock, common stock, or other debt securities that may be issued upon conversion, exercise, or exchange, and any adjustment provisions; and

•

the procedures for electing conversion, exercise, or exchange, as applicable.

Exchange, registration and transfer

Subject to the terms of the applicable indenture, debt securities of any series in certificated form may be exchanged at the option of the holder for other debt securities of the same series and of an equal aggregate principal amount and type in any authorized denominations.

Debt securities in certificated form may be presented for registration of transfer at the office of the security registrar or at the office of any transfer agent that we designate and maintain. The security registrar or the transfer agent will make the transfer or registration only if it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request with the coordination of the Company. There will not be a service charge for any exchange or registration of transfer of debt securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with the exchange. We will specify in the applicable prospectus supplement the authenticating agent, registrar, and transfer agent for the debt securities issued under the respective indentures. We may change the security registrar or the transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any security registrar or transfer agent acts at any time, except that we will be required to maintain a security registrar and transfer agent in each place of payment for each series of debt securities. At any time, we may designate additional transfer agents for any series of debt securities.

We will not be required to (1) issue, exchange, or register the transfer of any debt security of any series to be redeemed for a period of 15 days before those debt securities were selected for redemption, or (2) exchange or register the transfer of any debt security that was selected, called, or is being called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any debt security being redeemed in part.

For a discussion of restrictions on the exchange, registration, and transfer of book-entry securities, see “Registration and Settlement” below.

Subordination

Our subordinated debt securities will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our “senior indebtedness.” The Subordinated Indenture will define “senior indebtedness” as any indebtedness for money borrowed, including all of our indebtedness for borrowed and purchased money, all of our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes, and our obligations associated with derivative products such as interest and foreign exchange rate contracts and commodity contracts, that are outstanding on the date we execute the Subordinated Indenture, or will be created, incurred, or assumed after that date, for which we are responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor, or otherwise, and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, and refundings of that indebtedness or obligations, other than the debt securities issued under the Subordinated Indenture or any other indebtedness that by its terms is subordinate in right of payment to any of our other indebtedness. Each prospectus supplement for a series of subordinated debt securities will indicate the aggregate amount of our senior indebtedness outstanding at that time and any limitation on the issuance of additional senior indebtedness.

If there is a default or event of default under any senior indebtedness that would allow acceleration of maturity of the senior indebtedness and that default or event of default is not remedied, and we and the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture receive notice of this default from the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of any kind or category of any senior indebtedness or if the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture receives notice from us, then we will not be able to make any principal, premium, interest, or other payments on the subordinated debt securities or repurchase our subordinated debt securities.

If any subordinated debt security is declared due and payable before the required date or upon a payment or distribution of our assets to creditors pursuant to a dissolution, winding up, liquidation, or reorganization, we are required to pay all principal, premium, interest, or other payments to holders of senior indebtedness before any holders of subordinated debt are paid. In addition, if any amounts previously were paid to the holders of subordinated debt or the trustee of the Subordinated Indenture, the holders of senior indebtedness will have first rights to the amounts previously paid.

Subject to the payment in full of all our senior indebtedness, the holders of our subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of our senior indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of our assets applicable to the senior indebtedness until our senior debt securities are paid in full. For purposes of this subrogation, the subordinated debt securities will be subrogated equally and ratably with all our other indebtedness that by its terms ranks on a parity with our subordinated debt securities and is entitled to like rights of subrogation.

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, our subordinated debt securities will not be guaranteed by us or any of our affiliates and will not be subject to any other arrangement that legally or economically enhances the ranking of our subordinated debt securities.

Limitation on mergers and sales of assets

Each indenture generally permits a consolidation or merger between us and another entity. It also permits the sale or transfer by us of all or substantially all of our assets. These transactions are permitted if:

•

the resulting or acquiring entity, if other than us, is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes all of our obligations under that indenture; and

•

immediately after the transaction, we (or any successor company) are not in default in the performance of any covenant or condition under that indenture.

Upon any consolidation, merger, sale, or transfer of this kind, the resulting or acquiring entity will be substituted for us in the applicable indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to that indenture. As a result, the successor entity may exercise our rights and powers under the indenture.

Waiver of covenants

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of all affected series then outstanding under the indenture may waive compliance with some of the covenants or conditions of that indenture.

Modification of the indentures

We and the trustee may modify the applicable indenture and the rights of the holders of the debt securities with the consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all series of

TABLE OF CONTENTS

debt securities under that indenture affected by the modification. However, no modification may extend the fixed maturity of, reduce the principal amount or redemption premium of, or reduce the rate of, or extend the time of payment of, interest on, any debt security without the consent of each holder affected by the modification. No modification may reduce the percentage of debt securities that is required to consent to modification of an indenture without the consent of all holders of the debt securities outstanding under that indenture.

In addition, we and the trustee may execute supplemental indentures in some circumstances without the consent of any holders of outstanding debt securities, subject to the terms of the applicable indenture.

For purposes of determining the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities outstanding at any time in connection with any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver under the applicable indenture, (1) the principal amount of any debt security issued with original issue discount is that amount that would be due and payable at that time upon an event of default, and (2) the principal amount of a debt security denominated in a foreign currency or currency unit is the U.S. dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of the debt security.

Meetings and action by securityholders

The trustee may call a meeting in its discretion, or upon request by us or the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of a series of outstanding debt securities, by giving notice. If a meeting of holders is duly held, any resolution raised or decision taken in accordance with the indenture will be binding on all holders of debt securities of that series.

Defaults and rights of acceleration

The Senior Indenture defines an event of default for a series of senior debt securities as any one of the following events:

•

our failure to pay principal or any premium when due on any securities of that series;

•

our failure to pay interest on any securities of that series, within 30 calendar days after the interest becomes due;

•

our breach of any of our other covenants contained in the senior debt securities of that series or in the Senior Indenture, that is not cured within 90 calendar days after written notice to us by the trustee of the Senior Indenture, or to us and the trustee of the Senior Indenture by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all senior debt securities then outstanding under the Senior Indenture and affected by the breach;

•

a default under the Credit Agreement (as defined therein); and

•

specified events involving our bankruptcy, insolvency, or liquidation.

The Subordinated Indenture will define an event of default only as our bankruptcy under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws.

If an event of default occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of the debt securities outstanding under the applicable indenture (or, in the case of an event of default under the Senior Indenture with respect to a series of senior debt securities, the holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of all series affected) may declare the principal amount, or, if the debt securities are issued with original issue discount, a specified portion of the principal amount, of all debt securities (or the debt securities of all series affected, as the case may be) to be due and payable immediately. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities then outstanding (or of the series affected, as the case may be), in some circumstances, may annul the declaration of acceleration and waive past defaults.

Payment of principal of the subordinated debt securities may not be accelerated in the case of a default in the payment of principal, any premium, interest, or any other amounts or the performance of any of our other covenants.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Collection of indebtedness

If we fail to pay the principal of (or, under the Senior Indenture, any premium on) any debt securities, or if we are over 30 calendar days late on an interest payment on the debt securities, the applicable trustee can demand that we pay to it, for the benefit of the holders of those debt securities, the amount which is due and payable on those debt securities, including any interest incurred because of our failure to make that payment. If we fail to pay the required amount on demand, the trustee may take appropriate action, including instituting judicial proceedings against us.

In addition, a holder of a debt security also may file suit to enforce our obligation to make payment of principal, any premium, interest, or other amounts due on that debt security regardless of the actions taken by the trustee.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of each series of the debt securities then outstanding under an indenture may direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee under that indenture, but the trustee will be entitled to receive from the holders a reasonable indemnity against expenses and liabilities.

We will be required periodically to file with the trustees a certificate stating that we are not in default under any of the terms of the indentures.

Defeasance and covenant defeasance

If we so specify in the applicable prospectus supplement, the provisions for full defeasance and covenant defeasance described below will apply to the debt securities if certain conditions are satisfied.

Full defeasance. If there is a change in the U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on any debt securities. This is called full defeasance. For us to do so, each of the following must occur:

•

We must deposit in trust for the benefit of the holders of those debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal, and any other payments on those debt securities at their due dates;

•

There must be a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an Internal Revenue Service ruling that lets us make the above deposit without causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities ourselves. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from your debt security would be treated as though we took back your debt security and gave you your share of the cash and notes or bonds deposited in trust. In that event, you could recognize gain or loss on your debt security; and

•

We must deliver to the trustee under the indenture a legal opinion of our counsel confirming the tax law treatment described above.

If we ever fully defeased your debt security, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for payments on your debt security. You would not be able to look to us for payment in the event of any shortfall.

Covenant defeasance. Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the same type of deposit described above and be released from any restrictive covenants relating to your debt security. This is called covenant defeasance. In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants. In order to achieve covenant defeasance for the debt securities, we must do both of the following:

•

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

We must deliver to the trustee under the indenture a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that under current U.S. federal income tax law we may make the above deposit without causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and repaid the debt securities ourselves.

If we achieve covenant defeasance with respect to your debt security, you can still look to us for repayment of your debt security in the event of any shortfall in the trust deposit. You should note, however, that if one of the remaining events of default occurred, such as our bankruptcy, and your debt security became immediately due and payable, there may be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Notices

We or the trustee on our behalf, if so requested, will provide the holders with any required notices by first-class mail to the addresses of the holders as they appear in the security register or by electronic delivery, as applicable. So long as a depository is the record holder of a series of debt securities with respect to which a notice is given, we or the trustee on our behalf, if so requested, will deliver the notice only to that depository.

Governing law

The indentures and the debt securities will be governed by New York law.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of warrants

General

We may issue warrants that are either debt warrants or universal warrants. We may issue warrants in any amounts or in as many distinct series as we determine. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent to be designated in the applicable prospectus supplement. When we refer to a series of warrants, we mean all warrants issued as part of the same series under the applicable warrant agreement.

This section describes some of the general terms and provisions of the warrants. We will describe the specific terms of a series of warrants and the applicable warrant agreement in the applicable prospectus supplement. The following description and any description of the warrants in the applicable prospectus supplement may not be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and provisions of the applicable warrant agreement. A form of the warrant agreement reflecting the particular terms and provisions of a series of offered warrants will be filed with the SEC in connection with the offering and incorporated by reference in the registration statement and this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information” below for information on how to obtain copies of any warrant agreements.

Description of debt warrants

Debt warrants are rights for the purchase of debt securities. If debt warrants are offered, the prospectus supplement will describe the terms of the debt warrants and the warrant agreement relating to the debt warrants, including the following:

•

the offering price;

•

the designation, aggregate stated principal amount, and terms of the debt securities purchasable upon exercise of the debt warrants;

•

the currency, currency unit, or composite currency in which the price for the debt warrants is payable;

•

if applicable, the designation and terms of the debt securities with which the debt warrants are issued, and the number of debt warrants issued with each security;

•

if applicable, the date on and after which the debt warrants and the related debt securities will be separately transferable;

•

the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of a debt warrant and the price at which, and the currency, currency units, or composite currency based on or relating to currencies in which, the principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon exercise;

•

the dates the right to exercise the debt warrants will commence and expire and, if the debt warrants are not continuously exercisable, any dates on which the debt warrants are not exercisable;

•

any circumstances that will cause the debt warrants to be deemed to be automatically exercised;

•

if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences;

•

whether the debt warrants or related securities will be listed on any securities exchange;

•

whether the debt warrants will be issued in global or certificated form;

•

the name of the warrant agent;

•

a description of the terms of any warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as warrant agent, governing the debt warrants; and

•

any other terms of the debt warrants which are permitted under the warrant agreement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of universal warrants

Universal warrants are rights for the purchase or sale of, or whose cash value is determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of, one or more of the following:

•

our common or preferred stock or other securities described in this prospectus;

•

any other financial, economic, or other measure or instrument, including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or circumstance; and

•

one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.

We refer to each type of property described above as “warrant property.”

We may satisfy our obligations, if any, and the holder of a universal warrant may satisfy its obligations, if any, with respect to any universal warrants by delivering:

•

the warrant property;

•

the cash value of the warrant property; or

•

the cash value of the warrants determined by reference to the performance, level, or value of the warrant property.

Information in the prospectus supplement

The applicable prospectus supplement will describe what we may deliver to satisfy our obligations, if any, and what the holder of a universal warrant may deliver to satisfy its obligations, if any, with respect to any universal warrants.

If universal warrants are offered, the applicable prospectus supplement will describe the terms of the universal warrants and the warrant agreement, including the following:

•

the offering price;

•

the title and aggregate number of the universal warrants;

•

the nature and amount of the warrant property that the universal warrants represent the right to buy or sell;

•

whether the universal warrants are put warrants or call warrants, including in either case whether the warrants may be settled by means of net cash settlement or cashless exercise;

•

the price at which the warrant property may be purchased or sold, the currency, and the procedures and conditions relating to exercise;

•

whether the exercise price of the universal warrant may be paid in cash or by exchange of the warrant property or both, the method of exercising the universal warrants, and whether settlement will occur on a net basis or a gross basis;

•

the dates on which the right to exercise the universal warrants will commence and expire;

•

if applicable, a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences;

•

whether the universal warrants or underlying securities will be listed on any securities exchange;

•

whether the universal warrants will be issued in global or certificated form;

•

the name of the warrant agent;

•

a description of the terms of any warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank or trust company, as warrant agent, governing the universal warrants; and

•

any other terms of the universal warrants which are permitted under the warrant agreement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Modification

We and the warrant agent may amend the terms of any warrant agreement and the warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants to cure any ambiguity, to correct any inconsistent provision, or in any other manner we deem necessary or desirable and which will not affect adversely the interests of the holders. In addition, we may amend the warrant agreement and the terms of the warrants with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding unexercised warrants affected. However, any modification to the warrants cannot change the exercise price, reduce the amounts receivable upon exercise, cancellation, or expiration, shorten the time period during which the warrants may be exercised, or otherwise materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders of the warrants or reduce the percentage of outstanding warrants required to modify or amend the warrant agreement or the terms of the warrants, without the consent of the affected holders.

Enforceability of rights of warrantholders; no Trust Indenture Act protection

The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust with the holders of the warrants. Any record holder or beneficial owner of a warrant, without anyone else’s consent, may enforce by appropriate legal action, on his or her own behalf, his or her right to exercise the warrant in accordance with its terms.

A holder of a warrant will not be entitled to any of the rights of a holder of the debt securities or other securities or warrant property purchasable upon the exercise of the warrant, including any right to receive payments on those securities or warrant property or to enforce any covenants or rights in the relevant indenture or any other agreement, before exercising the warrant.

Each warrant agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and each warrant agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). Therefore, holders of warrants issued under a warrant agreement will have the protection of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to their warrants.

Unsecured obligations

Any warrants we issue will be our unsecured contractual obligations. Because The Chemours Company is a holding company, our right to participate in any distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon such subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent we may ourselves be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Accordingly, our obligations under our warrants will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to The Chemours Company’s assets for payments.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of preferred stock

General

Under our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, we have authority to issue 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We may issue preferred stock in one or more series, each with the preferences, designations, limitations, conversion rights, and other rights as we may determine. We have authorized but have not issued any shares of preferred stock.

The preferred stock

General. Any preferred stock sold under this prospectus will have the general dividend, voting, and liquidation preference rights stated below unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. The applicable prospectus supplement for a series of preferred stock will describe the specific terms of those shares, including, where applicable:

•

the title and par value of the preferred stock;

•

the aggregate number of shares of preferred stock offered;

•

the offering price or prices of the preferred stock;

•

the dividend rate or rates or method of calculation, the dividend period, and the dates dividends will be payable;

•

whether dividends are cumulative or noncumulative, and, if cumulative, the date the dividends will begin to cumulate;

•

the dividend and liquidation preference rights of the preferred stock relative to any existing or future series of our preferred stock;

•

the dates the preferred stock become subject to redemption at our option, and any redemption terms;

•

any redemption or sinking fund provisions;

•

whether the preferred stock will be issued in other than book-entry form;

•

whether the preferred stock will be listed on any securities exchange;

•

any rights on the part of the stockholder or us to convert the preferred stock into shares of our common stock or any other security; and

•

any additional voting, liquidation, preemptive, and other rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, and restrictions.

Dividends. The holders of our preferred stock will be entitled to receive when, as, and if declared by our board of directors, cash dividends at those rates as will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. All dividends will be paid out of funds that are legally available for this purpose. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, whenever dividends on any non-voting preferred stock are in arrears for six quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive), holders of the non-voting preferred stock will have the right to elect two additional directors to serve on our board of directors, and these two additional directors will continue to serve until the dividend arrearage is eliminated.

Voting. The holders of our preferred stock will have no voting rights except:

•

as required by applicable law; or

•

as specifically approved by us for that particular series.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidation preference. In the event of our voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up, the holders of any series of our preferred stock will be entitled to receive, after distributions to holders of any series or class of our capital stock ranking superior, an amount equal to the stated or liquidation value of the shares of the series plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends. If the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of our preferred stock will be insufficient to permit full payment to the holders, then the holders of our preferred stock will share ratably in any distribution of our assets in proportion to the amounts that they otherwise would receive on their shares of our preferred stock if the shares were paid in full.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of common stock

The following summary of our common stock is qualified in its entirety by reference to the description of the common stock incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

General

We are authorized to issue 810,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which approximately 184,463,611 shares were outstanding on April 30, 2017. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CC.” As of April 30, 2017, approximately 21,214,987 shares were reserved for issuance in connection with our various employee and director benefit plans, and for other purposes. After taking into account the reserved shares, there were approximately 604,321,402 authorized shares of our common stock available for issuance as of April 30, 2017.

Voting and other rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulate votes for the election of directors. In general, a majority of votes cast on a matter is sufficient to take action upon routine matters; however, the election of directors requires a plurality of votes cast. However, a merger or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and amendments to our Restated Articles of Incorporation relating to the required vote to approve such merger or sale, must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding voting shares.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Our common stock does not have any preemptive rights, redemption privileges, sinking fund privileges, or conversion rights and is not subject to further calls or assessments by Chemours. All the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and upon proper conversion of any preferred stock, all of the shares of our common stock into which those shares are converted will be, validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

Computershare Shareowner Services LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Dividends

Subject to the preferential rights of any holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends or distributions, whether payable in cash or otherwise, as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for payments. Stock dividends, if any are declared, may be paid from our authorized but unissued shares.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Registration and settlement

We will issue the securities in registered, and not bearer, form. This means that our obligation runs to the holder of the security named on the face of the security. Each debt security, warrant and share of preferred stock issued in registered form will be represented either by a certificate issued in definitive form to a particular investor or by one or more global securities representing the entire issuance of securities.

We refer to those persons who have securities registered in their own names, on the books that we or the trustee, warrant agent, or other agent maintain for this purpose, as the “holders” of those securities. These persons are the legal holders of the securities. We refer to those who, indirectly through others, own beneficial interests in securities that are not registered in their own names as indirect owners of those securities. As we discuss below, indirect owners are not legal holders, and investors in securities issued in global, or book-entry, form or in street name will be indirect owners.

Book-entry only issuance

Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will issue each security in global, or book-entry, form. This means that we will not issue actual notes or certificates to investors. Instead, we will issue global securities in registered form representing the entire issuance of securities. Each global security will be registered in the name of a financial institution or clearing system that holds the global security as depository on behalf of other financial institutions that participate in that depository’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the global securities on behalf of themselves or their customers.

Because securities issued in global form are registered in the name of the depository, we will recognize only the depository as the holder of the securities. This means that we will make all payments on the securities, including deliveries of any property other than cash, to the depository. The depository passes along the payments it receives from us to its participants, which in turn pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depository and its participants are not obligated to pass these payments along under the terms of the securities. Instead, they do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers.

As a result, investors will not own securities issued in book-entry form directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker, or other financial institution that participates in the depository’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant in the depository’s book-entry system. As long as the securities are issued in global form, investors will be indirect owners, and not holders, of the securities. The depository will not have knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities.

Certificates in registered form

In the future, we may cancel a global security or we may issue securities initially in non-global, or certificated, form. We do not expect to exchange global securities for actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners of the global securities representing the securities unless:

•

the depository notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global securities, or we become aware that the depository has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and in any case we fail to appoint a successor to the depository within 60 calendar days; or

•

we, in our sole discretion, determine that the global securities will be exchangeable for certificated securities.

Street name owners

When we issue actual notes or certificates registered in the names of the beneficial owners, investors may choose to hold their securities in their own names or in street name. Securities held by an investor in street name would be registered in the name of a bank, broker, or other financial institution that the investor chooses, and the investor would hold only a beneficial interest in those securities through an account that he or she maintains at that institution.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers, and other financial institutions in whose names the securities are registered as the holders of those securities, and we will make all payments on those securities, including deliveries of any property other than cash, to them. These institutions pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold securities in street name will be indirect owners, not holders, of those securities.

Legal holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the trustee under any indenture and the obligations, if any, of any warrant agents and any other third parties employed by us, the trustee, or any of those agents, run only to the holders of the securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, who hold the securities in street name, or who hold the securities by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect owner of a security or has no choice because we are issuing the securities only in global form. For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for that payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depository participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect owners, but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose, such as to amend the indenture for a series of debt securities or the warrant agreement for a series of warrants or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture, we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect owners, of the relevant securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect owners is up to the holders.

When we refer to “you” in this prospectus, we mean those who invest in the securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect owners of those securities. When we refer to “your securities” in this prospectus, we mean the securities in which you will hold a direct or indirect interest.

Special considerations for indirect owners

If you hold securities through a bank, broker, or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, you should check with your own institution to find out:

•

how it handles payments on your securities and notices;

•

whether you can provide contact information to the registrar to receive copies of notices directly;

•

whether it imposes fees or charges;

•

whether and how you can instruct it to exercise any rights to purchase or sell warrant property under a warrant or to exchange or convert a security for or into other property;

•

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if required;

•

whether and how you can instruct it to send you the securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted at any time;

•

how it would exercise rights under the securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests; and

•

if the securities are in book-entry form, how the depository’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

Depositories for global securities

Each security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of one or more financial institutions or clearing systems, or their nominees, which we will select. A financial institution or clearing system that we select for this purpose is called the “depository” for that security. A security usually will have only one depository, but it may have more.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each series of securities will have one or more of the following as the depositories:

•

The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, which is known as “DTC”;

•

a financial institution holding the securities on behalf of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, which is known as “Euroclear”;

•

a financial institution holding the securities on behalf of Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg, which is known as “Clearstream, Luxembourg”; and

•

any other clearing system or financial institution that we identify in the applicable prospectus supplement.

The depositories named above also may be participants in one another’s systems. For example, if DTC is the depository for a global security, investors may hold beneficial interests in that security through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as DTC participants.

We will name the depository or depositories for your securities in the applicable prospectus supplement. If no depository is named, the depository will be DTC.

The Depository Trust Company. The following is based on information furnished to us by DTC:

DTC will act as securities depository for the securities. The securities will be issued as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co., which is DTC’s partnership nominee, or any other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. Generally, one fully registered global security will be issued for each issue of the securities, each in the aggregate principal amount of the issue, and will be deposited with DTC. If, however, the aggregate principal amount of any issue exceeds $500 million, one certificate will be issued with respect to each $500 million of principal amount, and an additional certificate will be issued with respect to any remaining principal amount of the issue. We may also issue one or more global securities that represent multiple series of debt securities.

DTC, the world’s largest depository, is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over two million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate, and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 85 countries that its direct participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among direct participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between direct participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of certificates representing securities. Direct participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”). DTCC, in turn, is owned by a number of direct participants of DTC and members of the National Securities Clearing Corporation, Government Securities Clearing Corporation, MBS Clearing Corporation, and Emerging Markets Clearing Corporation, also subsidiaries of DTCC, as well as by The New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange LLC, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or “FINRA.” Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect participants”). The DTC rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com. Information on that website is not included or incorporated by reference herein.

Purchases of the securities under the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTC’s records. The beneficial interest of each actual purchaser of each security is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. A beneficial owner, however, is expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of its holdings, from the direct or indirect participant through which the beneficial owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of beneficial ownership interests in the securities are to be

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accomplished by entries made on the books of direct and indirect participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their beneficial ownership interests in the securities, except if the use of the book-entry system for the securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all securities deposited by direct participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co., or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The direct and indirect participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Beneficial owners of securities may wish to take certain steps to ensure timely transmission to them of notices of significant events with respect to the securities, such as redemptions, tenders, defaults, and proposed amendments to the documents under which the securities are issued. For example, a beneficial owner of securities may wish to ascertain that the direct or indirect participant holding the securities for its benefit has agreed to obtain and transmit notices to beneficial owners.

None of DTC, Cede & Co., or any other DTC nominee will consent or vote with respect to the securities unless authorized by a direct participant in accordance with DTC’s Money Market Instrument (“MMI”) procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an omnibus proxy to us as soon as possible after the regular record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the securities are credited on the regular record date. These participants are identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy.

We will make dividend payments or any payments of principal, any premium, interest, or other amounts on the securities in immediately available funds directly to Cede & Co., or any other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us, on the applicable payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities registered in street name. These payments will be the responsibility of these participants and not of DTC or its nominee, us, the trustee, or any other agent or party, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements that may be in effect from time to time. Payment of dividends or principal and any premium or interest to Cede & Co., or any other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC, is our responsibility. Disbursement of the payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of the payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of the direct or indirect participants.

We will send any redemption notices to DTC. If less than all of the securities of a series are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each direct participant in the issue to be redeemed.

A beneficial owner must give any required notice of its election to have its securities repurchased through the participant through which it holds its beneficial interest in the security to the applicable trustee or tender agent. The beneficial owner shall effect delivery of its securities by causing the direct participant to transfer its interest in the securities on DTC’s records. The requirement for physical delivery of securities in connection with an optional tender or a mandatory purchase will be deemed satisfied when the ownership rights in the securities are transferred by the direct participant on DTC’s records and followed by a book-entry credit of tendered securities to the applicable trustee or agent’s DTC account.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository for the securities at any time by giving us reasonable notice. If this occurs, and if a successor securities depository is not obtained, we will print and deliver certificated securities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for its accuracy.

Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg each hold securities for their customers and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions by electronic book-entry transfer between their respective account holders (each such account holder, a “participant” and collectively, the “participants”). Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg provide various services including safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg also deal with domestic securities markets in several countries though established depository and custodial relationships. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have established an electronic bridge between their two systems across which their respective participants may settle trades with each other. Euroclear is incorporated under the laws of Belgium and Clearstream, Luxembourg is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg.

Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg customers are world-wide financial institutions, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations. Indirect access to Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg is available to other institutions that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant of either system.

The address of Euroclear is Euroclear Bank SA/NV, 1 Boulevard du Roi Albert II, B-1210 Brussels and the address of Clearstream, Luxembourg is Clearstream Banking, 42 Avenue JF Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg.

Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg may be depositories for a global security sold or traded outside the United States. In addition, if DTC is the depository for a global security, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg may hold interests in the global security as participants in DTC. As long as any global security is held by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as depository, you may hold an interest in the global security only through an organization that participates, directly or indirectly, in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. If Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg is the depository for a global security and there is no depository in the United States, you will not be able to hold interests in that global security through any securities clearance system in the United States.

Payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to the securities made through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg must comply with the rules and procedures of those systems. Those systems could change their rules and procedures at any time. We have no control over those systems or their participants, and we take no responsibility for their activities. Transactions between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, on one hand, and participants in DTC, on the other hand, when DTC is the depository, also would be subject to DTC’s rules and procedures.

Investors will be able to make and receive through Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other transactions involving any securities held through those systems only on days when those systems are open for business. Those systems may not be open for business on days when banks, brokers, and other institutions are open for business in the United States. In addition, because of time-zone differences, U.S. investors who hold their interests in the securities through these systems and wish to transfer their interests, or to receive or make a payment or delivery or exercise any other right with respect to their interests, on a particular day may find that the transaction will not be effected until the next business day in Luxembourg or Brussels, as applicable. Thus, investors who wish to exercise rights that expire on a particular day may need to act before the expiration date. In addition, investors who hold their interests through both DTC and Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may need to make special arrangements to finance any purchases or sales of their interests between the United States and European clearing systems, and those transactions may settle later than would be the case for transactions within one clearing system.

Special considerations for global securities

As an indirect owner, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the depository and those of the investor’s financial institution or other intermediary through which it holds its interest (e.g., Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, if DTC is the depository), as well as

TABLE OF CONTENTS

general laws relating to securities transfers. We do not recognize this type of investor or any intermediary as a holder of securities. Instead, we deal only with the depository that holds the global security.

If securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

•

an investor cannot cause the securities to be registered in his or her own name, and cannot obtain physical certificates for that interest in the securities, except in the special situations described above;

•

an investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the securities, as we describe above under “— Legal holders;”

•

under existing industry practices, if we or the applicable trustee request any action of owners of beneficial interests in any global security or if an owner of a beneficial interest in any global security desires to give instructions or take any action that a holder of an interest in a global security is entitled to give or take under the applicable indenture, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, would authorize the participants owning the relevant beneficial interests to give instructions or take such action, and such participants would authorize indirect holders to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of such indirect holders;

•

an investor may not be able to sell interests in the securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in certificated form;

•

an investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective; furthermore, as Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg act on behalf of their respective participants only, who in turn may act on behalf of their respective clients, the ability of beneficial owners who are not participants with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg to pledge interests in any global security to persons or entities that are not participants with Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or otherwise take action in respect of interests in any global security, may be limited;

•

the depository’s policies will govern payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security, and those policies may change from time to time;

•

we, the trustee, any warrant agents, and any other agents will not be responsible for any aspect of the depository’s policies, actions, or records of ownership interests in a global security;

•

we, the trustee, any warrant agents, and any other agents do not supervise the depository in any way;

•

the depository will require that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security within its book-entry system use immediately available funds, and your broker or bank may require you to do so as well; and

•

financial institutions that participate in the depository’s book-entry system and through which an investor holds his or her interest in the global securities, directly or indirectly, also may have their own policies affecting payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices, and other matters relating to the securities. Those policies may change from time to time. For example, if you hold an interest in a global security through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, when DTC is the depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, will require those who purchase and sell interests in that security through them to use immediately available funds and comply with other policies and procedures, including deadlines for giving instructions as to transactions that are to be effected on a particular day.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the policies or actions or records of ownership interests of any of those intermediaries.

Registration, transfer, and payment of certificated securities

If we ever issue securities in certificated form, those securities may be presented for registration of transfer at the office of the registrar or at the office of any transfer agent we designate and maintain. The registrar or transfer agent will make the transfer or registration only if it is satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. There will not be a service charge for any exchange or registration of transfer of the securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with the exchange. At any time we may change transfer agents or approve a change in the location through which any transfer agent acts. We also may designate additional transfer agents for any securities at any time.

We will not be required to issue, exchange, or register the transfer of any security to be redeemed for a period of 15 calendar days before the selection of the securities to be redeemed. In addition, we will not be required to exchange or register the transfer of any security that was selected, called, or is being called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any security being redeemed in part.

We will pay amounts payable on any certificated securities at the offices of the paying agents we may designate from time to time.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of other indebtedness

Credit facilities and notes

On May 12, 2015, Chemours entered into certain financing transactions in connection with the separation of Chemours from E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (“DuPont”), which occurred on July 1, 2015, and in recognition of the assets contributed to us by DuPont in anticipation of the separation. The proceeds from the financing transactions were used to fund a cash distribution to DuPont of $3.4 billion and a distribution in kind of notes with an aggregate principal amount of $507 million.

The credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) provided for a seven-year senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan Facility”) in a principal amount of $1.5 billion repayable in equal quarterly installments at a rate of one percent of the original principal amount per year, with the balance payable on the final maturity date. The Term Loan Facility was issued with a $7 million original issue discount and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%, with a 0.75% LIBOR floor. The proceeds from the Term Loan Facility were used to fund a portion of the distribution to DuPont, along with related fees and expenses.

Prior to an amendment in February 2016, the Credit Agreement also provided for a five-year $1.0 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). In February 2016, an amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility reduced the capacity to $750 million beginning in the first quarter of 2016 and amended certain covenants. On April 3, 2017, Chemours amended the Credit Agreement to provide for a new class of term loans denominated in Euros, in an aggregate principal amount of €400 million (the “Euro Tranche”), and a new class of term loans denominated in dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of $940 million (the “Dollar Tranche”, and, collectively with the Euro Tranche, the “New Term Loans”). The New Term Loans replaced in full the term loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement (the “Existing Term Loans”). The April 2017 amendment also modified certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, including increasing certain incurrence limits to allow further flexibility for Chemours. All other provisions, including financial covenants, remain unchanged. No incremental debt was incurred as a result of the April 2017 amendment, although the Euro Tranche will be subject to remeasurement gains or losses. The New Term Loans mature on May 12, 2022 which is the same maturity date of the Existing Term Loans. The Euro Tranche bears a variable interest rate equal to EURIBOR plus 2.25% subject to a EURIBOR floor of 0.75% and the Dollar Tranche bears a variable interest rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.50% subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.00%.

The proceeds of any loans made under the Revolving Credit Facility can be used to finance capital expenditures, acquisitions, working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to certain covenant limitations. At March 31, 2017, $123 million letters of credit were issued and outstanding under the facility.

Chemours’ obligations under the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility (collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by all of its material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions. The obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are also, subject to certain agreed upon exceptions, secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of Chemours and its material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries’ assets, including 100% of the stock of domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the stock of certain foreign subsidiaries.

Additionally, on May 12, 2015, Chemours issued approximately $2,503 million aggregate principal of senior unsecured notes (the “Notes”) in a private placement. The 2023 notes (the “2023 Notes”) with an aggregate principal amount of $1,350 million bear interest at a rate of 6.625% per annum and will mature on May 15, 2023 with all principal paid at maturity. The 2025 notes (the “2025 Notes”) with an aggregate principal amount of $750 million bear interest at a rate of 7.000% per annum and will mature on May 15, 2025 with all principal paid at maturity. The 2023 euro notes (the “Euro Notes”) with an aggregate principal amount of €360 million bear interest at a rate of 6.125% per annum and will mature on May 15, 2023 with all principal paid at maturity. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, which commenced on November 15, 2015. The Notes were offered in the U.S. to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and outside the U.S. to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of the Notes, Chemours entered into a registration rights agreement,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in which Chemours agreed to file with the SEC a registration statement for the exchange of the Notes for new registered notes with identical terms. On March 18, 2016, Chemours filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with respect to the exchange offer. The registration statement was declared effective on April 12, 2016, and the exchange offer was completed on May 19, 2016. In addition, on May 5, 2016, the Euro Notes were listed for trading on the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange.

Each series of Notes is or will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Chemours’ existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee (the “Guarantors”) the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or that guarantee other indebtedness of Chemours or any guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $75 million (the “Guarantees”).The Notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Chemours. The Guarantees are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantors. The Notes rank equally in right of payment to all of Chemours’ existing and future unsecured unsubordinated debt and senior in right of payment to all of Chemours’ existing and future debt that is by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. The Notes are subordinated to indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as well as any future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. Chemours’ is obligated to offer to purchase the Notes at a price of (a) 101% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, upon the occurrence of certain change of control events and (b) 100% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, with the proceeds from certain asset dispositions. These restrictions and prohibitions are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions set forth in the indenture governing the Notes, including without limitation, reinvestment rights with respect to the proceeds of asset dispositions. Chemours is permitted to redeem some or all of the 2023 Notes and Euro Notes by paying a “make-whole” premium prior to May 15, 2018, and on or after May 15, 2018 and thereafter at specified redemption prices. Chemours may redeem some or all of the 2025 Notes on or after May 15, 2020 at specified redemption prices. Chemours may also redeem some or all of the 2023 Notes and Euro Notes by means other than a redemption, including tender offer and open market repurchases.

Debt covenants

Chemours is subject to certain debt covenants that, among other things, limit Chemours and certain of Chemours’ subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions, prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt, make loans and investments, sell assets, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates and consolidate or merge. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions and qualifications set forth in the respective agreements.

In April 2017, we entered into a fourth amendment to the Credit Agreement to provide for a new class of term loans described under “— Credit Facilities and Notes,” which replaced in full the term loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement.The amendment also modifies certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, including negative covenants, to allow further flexibility for Chemours.

In December 2016, we entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement to change certain covenants and allow the Company to enter into a sale and leaseback transaction for its corporate headquarters building located in Wilmington, Delaware. The transactions were completed in April 2017 for approximately $32 million in gross proceeds. The amendment requires us to use the net proceeds from the sale to repay a portion of the term loans.

In February 2016, we proactively pursued a second amendment to the Credit Agreement in order to ensure that we would retain adequate liquidity and sufficient cushion in the event of an unexpected, further significant decline in TiO2 pricing. The second amendment also provided further flexibility by allowing us to include, on a pro forma basis, future benefits of cost savings initiatives in the calculation of financial covenants that rely on consolidated EBITDA for an additional year, and increased the amount of the applicable cost savings benefits that could be utilized in the covenant calculation. In addition, the second amendment replaced the total net leverage ratio with the senior secured net leverage ratio and modified the minimum required levels of the interest expense coverage ratio. These changes were designed to allow us to have full access to the Revolving Credit Facility, provide flexibility to execute our transformation plan through 2017 and provide additional cushion in the event of an unexpected, further significant decline in TiO2 pricing. Furthermore, the amendment reduced the size of the Revolving Credit Facility by $250 million to $750 million. With the on-going efforts to improve working capital usage as a part of our

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transformation plan, we believe that $750 million of revolver access will be sufficient to meet our working capital and other cash needs over the next 12 months.

In September 2015, in connection with the Company’s transformation plan announced in August 2015, we undertook a first amendment to the Credit Agreement to allow pro forma inclusion of future benefits from cost savings initiatives in the calculation of financial covenants that rely on consolidated EBITDA beginning from the quarter ended September 30, 2015. Since the revolver availability in any quarter is determined by the cushion remaining in the financial maintenance covenants at the end of the previous quarter, this amendment increased our access to the Revolving Credit Facility.

The Credit Agreement, as amended, contains financial covenants which, solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, require us not to exceed a maximum senior secured net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 each quarter through December 31, 2016, 3.00 to 1.00 through June 30, 2017 and further decreasing by 0.25 to 1.00 every subsequent six months to 2.00 to 1.00 by January 1, 2019 and thereafter. We are also required to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00 each quarter through June 30, 2017 and further increasing by 0.25 to 1.00 every subsequent six months to 3.00 to 1.00 by January 1, 2019 and thereafter. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict us and our subsidiaries’ ability, subject to certain exceptions, to incur liens, merge, consolidate or sell, transfer or lease assets, make investments, pay dividends, transact with subsidiaries and incur indebtedness. The Credit Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties and events of default. The senior secured credit facilities and the senior unsecured notes contain events of default customary for these types of financings, including cross default and cross acceleration provisions to material indebtedness of Chemours. We were in compliance with our debt covenants as of March 31, 2017.

In the event of default under the Revolving Credit Facility, our lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility can terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further revolving loans and accelerate outstanding revolving loans. This would allow the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility to declare the outstanding term loans to be immediately due and payable and to institute foreclosure proceedings against the collateral securing the credit facility, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. Any event of default or declaration of acceleration under the Credit Agreement also may result in an event of default under the indenture governing the notes. Any such default, event of default or declaration of acceleration could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. See “Risk Factors” for additional information.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

U.S. federal income tax considerations

The following summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of certain of the debt securities, preferred stock and common stock that we are offering, is based upon the advice of Morrison & Foerster LLP, our tax counsel. The following discussion is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department (“Treasury”) (including proposed and temporary regulations), rulings, current administrative interpretations and official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below.

This summary is for general information only, and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular holder in light of its investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as: partnerships, subchapter S corporations, or other pass-through entities, any government (or instrumentality or agency thereof), banks, financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, trusts and estates, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that have elected to use the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons holding the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock as part of an integrated investment, including a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale,” or “conversion transaction,” persons (other than Non-U.S. Holders) whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar, and persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code. This summary does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments, or of any foreign government, that may be applicable to a particular holder. This summary also may not apply to all forms of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock that we may issue. If the tax consequences associated with a particular form of debt security, preferred stock or common stock are different than those described below, they will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

This summary is directed solely to holders that, except as otherwise specifically noted, will purchase the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock offered in this prospectus upon original issuance and will hold such securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, which generally means as property held for investment.

You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning, and disposing of these securities, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign, or other tax jurisdiction and the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal or other tax laws.

As used in this prospectus, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock offered in this prospectus that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•

a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•

any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, to the extent provided in Treasury regulations, some trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to that date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons also will be U.S. Holders. As used in this prospectus, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” is a holder that is not a U.S. Holder.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock offered in this prospectus, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership and accordingly, this summary does not apply to partnerships. A partner of a partnership holding the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition by the partnership of the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock.

Taxation of debt securities

This subsection describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the debt securities offered in this prospectus, other than the debt securities described below under “— Convertible, renewable, extendible, and other debt securities,” which will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. This subsection is directed solely to holders that, except as otherwise specifically noted, will purchase the debt securities offered in this prospectus upon original issuance at the issue price, as defined below.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to U.S. Holders of debt securities.

Payment of interest. Except as described below in the case of interest on a debt security issued with original issue discount, as defined below under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Original issue discount,” interest on a debt security generally will be included in the income of a U.S. Holder as interest income at the time it is accrued or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will be ordinary income.

Original issue discount. Some of our debt securities may be issued with original issue discount (“OID”). U.S. Holders of debt securities issued with OID, other than short-term debt securities with a maturity of one year or less from its date of issue, will be subject to special tax accounting rules, as described in greater detail below. For tax purposes, OID is the excess of the “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt instrument over its “issue price.” The “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt security is the sum of all payments required to be made on the debt security other than “qualified stated interest” payments, as defined below. The “issue price” of a debt security is generally the first offering price to the public at which a substantial amount of the issue was sold (ignoring sales to bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents, or wholesalers). The term “qualified stated interest” generally means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or property (other than debt instruments of the issuer), or that is treated as constructively received, at least annually at a single fixed rate or, under certain circumstances, at a variable rate. If a debt security bears interest during any accrual period at a rate below the rate applicable for the remaining term of the debt security (for example, debt securities with teaser rates or interest holidays), then some or all of the stated interest may not be treated as qualified stated interest.

A U.S. Holder of a debt security with a maturity of more than one year from its date of issue that has been issued with OID (an “OID debt security”) is generally required to include any qualified stated interest payments in income as interest at the time such interest is accrued or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular accounting method for tax purposes, as described above under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Payment of interest.” A U.S. Holder of an OID debt security is generally required to include in income the sum of the daily accruals of the OID for the debt security for each day during the taxable year (or portion of the taxable year) in which the U.S. Holder held the OID debt security, regardless of such holder’s regular method of accounting. Thus, a U.S. Holder may be required to include OID in income in advance of the receipt of some or all of the related cash payments. The daily portion is determined by allocating the OID for each day of the accrual period. An accrual period may be of any length and the accrual periods may even vary in length over the term of the OID debt security, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs either on the first day of an accrual period or on the final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is equal to the excess of: (1) the product of the “adjusted issue price” of the OID debt

TABLE OF CONTENTS

security at the beginning of the accrual period and its yield to maturity (computed generally on a constant yield method and compounded at the end of each accrual period, taking into account the length of the particular accrual period) over (2) the amount of any qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity, other than a payment of qualified stated interest, and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. Special rules will apply for calculating OID for an initial short accrual period. The “adjusted issue price” of an OID debt security at the beginning of any accrual period is the sum of the issue price of the OID debt security plus the amount of OID allocable to all prior accrual periods reduced by any payments received on the OID debt security that were not qualified stated interest. Under these rules, a U.S. Holder generally will have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods.

If the excess of the “stated redemption price at maturity” of a debt security over its “issue price” is less than 1/4 of 1% of the debt instrument’s stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years from its issue date to its maturity, or weighted average maturity in the case of debt securities with more than one principal payment (“de minimis OID”), the debt security is not treated as issued with OID. A U.S. Holder generally must include the de minimis OID in income at the time payments, other than qualified stated interest, on the debt securities are made in proportion to the amount paid (unless the U.S. Holder makes the election described below under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Election to treat all interest as original issue discount”). Any amount of de minimis OID that is included in income in this manner will be treated as capital gain.

Additional rules applicable to debt securities with OID that are denominated in or determined by reference to a currency other than the U.S. dollar are described under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Non-U.S. dollar denominated debt securities” below.

Variable rate debt securities. In the case of a debt security that is a variable rate debt security, special rules apply. A debt security will qualify as a “variable rate debt instrument” under Treasury regulations if (i) the debt security’s issue price does not exceed the total noncontingent principal payments by more than the lesser of: (a) 0.015 multiplied by the product of the total noncontingent principal payments and the number of complete years to maturity from the issue date, or (b) 15% of the total noncontingent principal payments; and (ii) the debt security provides for stated interest, compounded or paid at least annually, only at one or more qualified floating rates, a single fixed rate and one or more qualified floating rates, a single objective rate, or a single fixed rate and a single objective rate that is a qualified inverse floating rate.

Generally, a rate is a qualified floating rate if: (i) (a) variations in the value of the rate can reasonably be expected to measure contemporaneous variations in the cost of newly borrowed funds in the currency in which the debt security is denominated; or (b) the rate is equal to such a rate multiplied by either a fixed multiple that is greater than 0.65 but not more than 1.35 or a fixed multiple greater than 0.65 but not more than 1.35 increased or decreased by a fixed rate, and (ii) the value of the rate on any date during the term of the debt security is set no earlier than three months prior to the first day on which that value is in effect and no later than one year following that first day. If a debt security provides for two or more qualified floating rates that are within 0.25 percentage points of each other on the issue date or can reasonably be expected to have approximately the same values throughout the term of the debt security, the qualified floating rates together constitute a single qualified floating rate. A debt security will not have a variable rate that is a qualified floating rate, however, if the variable rate of interest is subject to one or more minimum or maximum rate floors or ceilings or one or more governors limiting the amount of increase or decrease unless such floor, ceiling, or governor is fixed throughout the term of the debt security or is not reasonably expected as of the issue date to significantly affect the yield on the debt security.

Generally, an objective rate is a rate that is (i) not a qualified floating rate, (ii) is determined using a single fixed formula that is based on objective financial or economic information that is not within the control of the issuer or a related party, and (iii) the value of the rate on any date during the term of the debt security is set no earlier than three months prior to the first day on which that value is in effect and no later than one year following that first day. If it is reasonably expected that the average value of the variable rate during the first half of the term of a debt security will be either significantly less than or significantly greater than the average value of the rate during the final half of the term of the debt security, then the debt

TABLE OF CONTENTS

security will not have a variable rate that is an objective rate. An objective rate is a qualified inverse floating rate if that rate is equal to a fixed rate minus a qualified floating rate and variations in the rate can reasonably be expected to inversely reflect contemporaneous variations in the qualified floating rate.

A debt security will also have a variable rate that is a single qualified floating rate or an objective rate if interest on the debt security is stated at a fixed rate for an initial period of one year or less followed by either a qualified floating rate or an objective rate for a subsequent period, and either: (i) the fixed rate and the qualified floating rate or objective rate have values on the issue date of the debt security that do not differ by more than 0.25 percentage points, or (ii) the value of the qualified floating rate or objective rate is intended to approximate the fixed rate.

In the case of a debt security that provides for stated interest that is unconditionally payable at least annually at a variable rate that is a single qualified floating rate or objective rate, or one of those rates after a single fixed rate for an initial period, all stated interest on the debt security is treated as qualified stated interest. In that case, both the debt security’s yield to maturity and qualified stated interest will be determined, solely for purposes of calculating the accrual of OID, if any, as though the debt security will bear interest in all periods throughout its term (in the case of a single qualified floating rate or qualified inverse floating rate) at a fixed rate generally equal to the value of the rate on the issue date or, in the case of an objective rate (other than a qualified inverse floating rate), the rate that reflects the yield to maturity that is reasonably expected for the debt security (the “fixed rate substitute”). A U.S. holder should then recognize OID, if any, that is calculated based on the debt security’s assumed yield to maturity. If the interest actually accrued or paid during an accrual period exceeds or is less than the assumed fixed interest, the qualified stated interest allocable to that period is increased or decreased, as applicable.

If a debt security does not provide for stated interest at a single qualified floating rate or a single objective rate, and also does not provide for interest payable at a fixed rate other than a single fixed rate for an initial period, the interest and OID accruals on the debt security must be determined by (i) determining a fixed rate substitute for each variable rate provided under the debt security (as described above), (ii) constructing the equivalent fixed rate debt instrument, using the fixed rate substitutes, (iii) determining the amount of qualified stated interest and OID with respect to the equivalent fixed rate debt instrument, and (iv) making appropriate adjustments to qualified stated interest or OID for actual variable rates during the applicable accrual period.

In the case of a debt security that provides for stated interest either at one or more qualified floating rates or at a qualified inverse floating rate and also provides for stated interest at a single fixed rate other than at a single fixed rate for an initial period (as described above), the interest and OID accruals on the debt security must be determined by using the method described above. However, the debt security will be treated, for purposes of the first three steps of the determination, as if the debt security had provided for a qualified floating rate, or a qualified inverse floating rate, rather than the fixed rate. The qualified floating rate, or qualified inverse floating rate, that replaces the fixed rate must be such that the fair market value of the debt security as of the issue date approximates the fair market value of an otherwise identical debt instrument that provides for the qualified floating rate, or qualified inverse floating rate, rather than the fixed rate.

Acquisition premium. If a U.S. Holder purchases an OID debt security for an amount greater than its adjusted issue price (as determined above) at the purchase date and less than or equal to the sum of all amounts, other than qualified stated interest, payable on the OID debt security after the purchase date, the excess is “acquisition premium.” Under these rules, in general, the amount of OID which must be included in income for the debt security for any taxable year (or any portion of a taxable year in which the debt security is held) will be reduced (but not below zero) by the portion of the acquisition premium allocated to the period. The amount of acquisition premium allocated to each period is determined by multiplying the OID that otherwise would have been included in income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the cost over the adjusted issue price of the OID debt security and the denominator of which is the excess of the OID debt security’s stated redemption price at maturity over its adjusted issue price.

If a U.S. Holder purchases an OID debt security for an amount less than its adjusted issue price (as determined above) at the purchase date, any OID accruing with respect to that OID debt security will be required to be included in income and, to the extent of the difference between the purchase amount and the

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OID debt security’s adjusted issue price, the OID debt security will be treated as having “market discount.” See “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Market discount” below.

Amortizable bond premium. If a U.S. Holder purchases a debt security (including an OID debt security) for an amount in excess of the sum of all amounts payable on the debt security after the purchase date, other than qualified stated interest, such holder will be considered to have purchased such debt security with “amortizable bond premium” equal in amount to such excess. A U.S. Holder may elect to amortize such premium as an offset to interest income using a constant yield method over the remaining term of the debt security based on the U.S. Holder’s yield to maturity with respect to the debt security.

A U.S. Holder generally may use the amortizable bond premium allocable to an accrual period to offset interest required to be included in the U.S. Holder’s income under its regular method of accounting with respect to the debt security in that accrual period. If the amortizable bond premium allocable to an accrual period exceeds the amount of interest allocable to such accrual period, such excess would be allowed as a deduction for such accrual period, but only to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s prior interest inclusions on the debt security that have not been offset previously by bond premium. Any excess is generally carried forward and allocable to the next accrual period.

If a debt security may be redeemed by us prior to its maturity date, the amount of amortizable bond premium will be based on the amount payable at the applicable redemption date, but only if use of the redemption date (in lieu of the stated maturity date) results in a smaller amortizable bond premium for the period ending on the redemption date. In addition, special rules limit the amortization of bond premium in the case of convertible debt securities.

An election to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations held by the U.S. Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies and thereafter acquired by the U.S. Holder and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. Generally, a holder may make an election to include in income its entire return on a debt security (i.e., the excess of all remaining payments to be received on the debt security over the amount paid for the debt security by such holder) in accordance with a constant yield method based on the compounding of interest, as discussed below under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Election to treat all interest as original issue discount.” If a holder makes such an election for a debt security with amortizable bond premium, such election will result in a deemed election to amortize bond premium for all of the holder’s debt instruments with amortizable bond premium and may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS.

A U.S. Holder that elects to amortize bond premium will be required to reduce its tax basis in the debt security by the amount of the premium amortized during its holding period. OID debt securities purchased at a premium will not be subject to the OID rules described above. If a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of bond premium will be included in its tax basis in the debt security. Therefore, if a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium and it holds the debt security to maturity, the premium generally will be treated as capital loss when the debt security matures.

Market discount. If a U.S. Holder purchases a debt security for an amount that is less than its stated redemption price at maturity, or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, such holder will be considered to have purchased the debt security with “market discount.” Any payment, other than qualified stated interest, or any gain on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security with market discount generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent of the market discount not previously included in income that accrued on the debt security during such holder’s holding period. In general, market discount is treated as accruing on a straight-line basis over the term of the debt security unless an election is made to accrue the market discount under a constant yield method. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be required to defer, until the maturity of the debt security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction, the deduction of a portion of the interest paid on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the debt security in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on the debt security.

A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (on either a straight-line or constant yield basis), in lieu of treating a portion of any gain realized on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of the debt security as ordinary income. If an election is made to include

TABLE OF CONTENTS

market discount on a current basis, the interest deduction deferral rule described above will not apply. If a U.S. Holder makes such an election, it will apply to all market discount debt instruments acquired by such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies. The election may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors before making this election.

If the difference between the stated redemption price at maturity of a debt security or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, and the amount paid for the debt security is less than 1/4 of 1% of the debt instrument’s stated redemption price at maturity or, in the case of an OID debt security, its adjusted issue price, multiplied by the number of remaining complete years to the debt security’s maturity (“de minimis market discount”), the debt security is not treated as issued with market discount.

Generally, a holder may make an election to include in income its entire return on a debt security (i.e., the excess of all remaining payments to be received on the debt security over the amount paid for the debt security by such holder) in accordance with a constant yield method based on the compounding of interest, as discussed below under “— Consequences to U.S. Holders — Election to treat all interest as original issue discount.” If a holder makes such an election for a debt security with market discount, the holder will be required to include market discount in income currently as it accrues on a constant yield basis for all market discount debt instruments acquired by such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies, and such election may be revoked only with the permission of the IRS.

Election to treat all interest as original issue discount. A U.S. Holder may elect to include in income all interest that accrues on a debt security using the constant-yield method applicable to OID described above, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. For purposes of this election, interest includes stated interest, acquisition discount, OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium, each as described herein. If this election is made for a debt security, then, to apply the constant-yield method: (i) the issue price of the debt security will equal its cost, (ii) the issue date of the debt security will be the date it was acquired, and (iii) no payments on the debt security will be treated as payments of qualified stated interest. A U.S. Holder must make this election for the taxable year in which the debt security was acquired, and may not revoke the election without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors before making this election.

Debt securities that trade “flat.” We expect that certain debt securities will trade in the secondary market with accrued interest. However, we may issue debt securities with terms and conditions that would make it likely that such debt securities would trade “flat” in the secondary market, which means that upon a sale of a debt security a U.S. Holder would not be paid an amount that reflects the accrued but unpaid interest with respect to such debt security. Nevertheless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the sales proceeds equal to the interest accrued with respect to such debt security from the last interest payment date to the sale date must be treated as interest income rather than as an amount realized upon the sale. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder that sells such a debt security between interest payment dates would be required to recognize interest income and, in certain circumstances, would recognize a capital loss (the deductibility of which is subject to limitations) on the sale of the debt security. Concurrently, a U.S. Holder that purchases such a debt security between interest payment dates would not be required to include in income that portion of any interest payment received that is attributable to interest that accrued prior to the purchase. Such payment is treated as a return of capital which reduces the U.S. Holder’s remaining cost basis in the debt security. However, interest that accrues after the purchase date is included in income in the year received or accrued (depending on the U.S. Holder’s accounting method). U.S. Holders that purchase such debt securities between interest payment dates should consult their own tax advisors concerning such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt security and whether such debt securities should be treated as having been purchased with market discount, as described above.

Short-term debt securities. Some of our debt securities may be issued with maturities of one year or less from the date of issue, which we refer to as short-term debt securities. Treasury regulations provide that no payments of interest on a short-term debt security are treated as qualified stated interest. Accordingly, in determining the amount of discount on a short-term debt security, all interest payments, including stated interest, are included in the short-term debt security’s stated redemption price at maturity.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In general, individual and certain other U.S. Holders using the cash basis method of tax accounting are not required to include accrued discount on short-term debt securities in income currently unless they elect to do so, but they may be required to include any stated interest in income as the interest is received. However, a cash basis U.S. Holder will be required to treat any gain realized on a sale, exchange, or retirement of the short-term debt security as ordinary income to the extent such gain does not exceed the discount accrued with respect to the short- term debt security, which will be determined on a straight-line basis unless the holder makes an election to accrue the discount under the constant-yield method, through the date of sale or retirement. In addition, a cash basis U.S. Holder that does not elect to currently include accrued discount in income will not be allowed to deduct any of the interest paid or accrued on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry a short-term debt security (in an amount not exceeding the deferred income), but instead will be required to defer deductions for such interest until the deferred income is realized upon the maturity of the short-term debt security or its earlier disposition in a taxable transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a cash- basis U.S. Holder of a short-term debt security may elect to include accrued discount in income on a current basis. If this election is made, the limitation on the deductibility of interest described above will not apply.

A U.S. Holder using the accrual method of tax accounting and some cash basis holders (including banks, securities dealers, regulated investment companies, and certain trust funds) generally will be required to include accrued discount on a short-term debt security in income on a current basis, on either a straight-line basis or, at the election of the holder, under the constant-yield method based on daily compounding.

Regardless of whether a U.S. Holder is a cash-basis or accrual-basis holder, the holder of a short-term debt security may elect to include accrued “acquisition discount” with respect to the short-term debt security in income on a current basis. Acquisition discount is the excess of the remaining redemption amount of the short-term debt security at the time of acquisition over the purchase price. Acquisition discount will be treated as accruing on a straight-line basis or, at the election of the holder, under a constant yield method based on daily compounding. If a U.S. Holder elects to include accrued acquisition discount in income, the rules for including OID will not apply. In addition, the market discount rules described above will not apply to short-term debt securities.

Sale, exchange, or retirement of debt securities. Upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition (less an amount equal to any accrued interest not previously included in income if the debt security is disposed of between interest payment dates, which will be included in income as interest income for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the debt security. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the debt security. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a debt security generally will be the cost of the debt security to such U.S. Holder, increased by any OID, market discount, de minimis OID, de minimis market discount, or any discount with respect to a short-term debt security previously included in income with respect to the debt security, and decreased by the amount of any premium previously amortized to reduce interest on the debt security and the amount of any payment (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) received in respect of the debt security.

Except as discussed above with respect to market discount, or as described below with respect to debt securities subject to contingencies and Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities, gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the debt security has been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder is generally taxed at preferential rates. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Reopenings. Treasury regulations provide specific rules regarding whether additional debt instruments issued in a reopening will be considered part of the same issue, with the same issue price and yield to maturity, as the original debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Except as provided otherwise in an applicable supplement, we expect that additional debt securities issued by us in any reopening will be issued such that they will be considered part of the original issuance to which they relate.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Debt securities subject to contingencies. Certain of the debt securities may provide for an alternative payment schedule or schedules applicable upon the occurrence of a contingency or contingencies, other than a remote or incidental contingency, whether such contingency relates to payments of interest or of principal. In addition, certain of the debt securities may contain provisions permitting them to be redeemed prior to their stated maturity at our option and/or at the option of the holder. Debt securities containing these features may be characterized as “contingent payment debt instruments” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If the debt securities are properly characterized as contingent payment debt instruments for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such debt securities generally will be subject to Treasury regulations governing contingent payment debt instruments. Under those regulations, a U.S. Holder will be required to report OID or interest income based on a “comparable yield” and a “projected payment schedule,” both as described below, established by us for determining interest accruals and adjustments with respect to a note. A U.S. Holder which does not use the “comparable yield” and follow the “projected payment schedule” to calculate its OID and interest income on a debt security must timely disclose and justify the use of other estimates to the IRS.

A “comparable yield” with respect to a debt security generally is the yield at which we could issue a fixed-rate debt instrument with terms similar to those of the debt security (taking into account for this purpose the level of subordination, term, timing of payments, and general market conditions, but ignoring any adjustments for liquidity or the riskiness of the contingencies with respect to the debt security). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a comparable yield must not be less than the applicable U.S. federal rate based on the overall maturity of the debt security.

A “projected payment schedule” with respect to a debt security generally is a series of projected payments, the amount and timing of which would produce a yield to maturity on that debt security equal to the comparable yield. This projected payment schedule will consist of a projection for tax purposes of each non-contingent and contingent payment.

Based on the comparable yield and the projected payment schedule of the debt securities, a U.S. Holder of a note (regardless of accounting method) generally will be required to accrue as OID the sum of the daily portions of interest on the debt security for each day in the taxable year on which the holder held the debt security, adjusted upward or downward to reflect the difference, if any, between the actual and projected amount of any contingent payments on the debt security, as set forth below. The daily portions of interest for a debt security are determined by allocating to each day in an accrual period the ratable portion of interest on the debt security that accrues in the accrual period. The amount of interest on the debt security that accrues in an accrual period is the product of the comparable yield on the debt security (adjusted to reflect the length of the accrual period) and the adjusted issue price of the debt security at the beginning of the accrual period. The adjusted issue price of a debt security at the beginning of the first accrual period will equal its issue price (as described above). For any subsequent accrual period, the adjusted issue price will be (i) the sum of the issue price of the debt security and any interest previously accrued on the debt security by a holder (without regard to any positive or negative adjustments, described below) minus (ii) the amount of any projected payments on the debt security for previous accrual periods.

A U.S. Holder of a debt security generally will be required to include in income OID in excess of actual cash payments received for certain taxable years. A U.S. Holder will be required to recognize interest income equal to the amount of any positive adjustment for a debt security for the taxable year in which a contingent payment is paid (including a payment of interest at maturity). A positive adjustment is the excess of actual payments in respect of contingent payments over the projected amount of contingent payments. A U.S. Holder also will be required to account for any “negative adjustment” for a taxable year in which a contingent payment is paid. A negative adjustment is the excess of the projected amounts of contingent payments over actual payments in respect of the contingent payments. A net negative adjustment is the amount by which total negative adjustments in a taxable year exceed total positive adjustments in such taxable year. A net negative adjustment (i) will first reduce the amount of interest for the debt security that a U.S. Holder would otherwise be required to include in income in the taxable year, and (ii) to the extent of any excess, will result in an ordinary loss equal to that portion of the excess as does not exceed the excess of (a) the amount of all previous interest inclusions under the debt security over

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b) the total amount of the U.S. Holder’s net negative adjustments treated as ordinary loss on the note in prior taxable years. A net negative adjustment is not subject to the 2% floor limitation imposed on miscellaneous deductions under Section 67 of the Code. Any net negative adjustment in excess of the amounts described above in (i) and (ii) will be carried forward to offset future interest income on the debt security or to reduce the amount realized on a sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the debt security and, in the case of a payment at maturity, should result in a capital loss. The deductibility of capital losses by a U.S. Holder is subject to limitations.

If a contingent payment becomes fixed (within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations) more than six months before its due date, a positive or negative adjustment, as appropriate, is made to reflect the difference between the present value of the amount that is fixed and the present value of the projected amount. The present value of each amount is determined by discounting the amount from the date the payment is due to the date the payment becomes fixed, using a discount rate equal to the comparable yield. If all contingent payments on the debt security become fixed, substantially contemporaneously, applicable Treasury regulations provide that, with regard to contingent payments that become fixed on a day that is more than six months before their due date, U.S. Holders should take into account positive or negative adjustments in respect of such contingent payments over the period to which they relate in a reasonable manner. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to what would be a “reasonable manner” in their particular situation.

We expect that the applicable pricing supplement will include a table that sets forth the following information with respect to the principal amount of the debt securities for each of the applicable accrual periods through the maturity date of the debt securities: (i) the amount of interest deemed to have accrued during the accrual period, and (ii) the total amount of interest deemed to have accrued from the original issue date through the end of the accrual period. The table will be based upon a projected payment schedule and a comparable yield. The comparable yield will be determined based upon market conditions as of the date of the applicable pricing supplement. The comparable yield is likely to change between the date of any preliminary pricing supplement and the date of the related final pricing supplement. Therefore, the projected payment schedule included in any preliminary pricing supplement will be subject to change. We will determine the actual projected payment schedule and the actual comparable yield on the pricing date. Any tax accrual table included in a preliminary pricing supplement will be revised, and the revised table will be set forth in the final pricing supplement prepared in connection with the initial sale of the debt securities.

Upon a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a debt security prior to maturity, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition and that holder’s tax basis in the debt security. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in a debt security generally will equal the cost of that debt security, increased by the amount of OID previously accrued by the holder for that debt security (without regard to any positive or negative adjustments) and reduced by any projected payments for previous periods on the debt securities. A U.S. Holder generally will treat any gain as interest income, and will treat any loss as ordinary loss to the extent of the excess of previous interest inclusions over the total negative adjustments previously taken into account as ordinary losses, and the balance as long-term or short-term capital loss depending upon the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the debt security. The deductibility of capital losses by a U.S. Holder is subject to limitations.

U.S. Holders considering the purchase of debt securities with these features should carefully examine the applicable pricing supplement and should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership and disposition of such debt securities.

Non-U.S. dollar denominated debt securities. Additional considerations apply to a U.S. Holder of a debt security payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars (“foreign currency”).

We refer to these securities as Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities. In the case of payments of interest, U.S. Holders using the cash method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security (other than OID or market discount) when the payment of interest is received. The U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency payment is determined by translating the foreign currency

TABLE OF CONTENTS

received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date the payment is received, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. dollars at that time. The U.S. dollar value will be the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the foreign currency received. A U.S. Holder will not recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to the receipt of such payment.

U.S. Holders using the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be required to include in income the U.S. dollar value of the amount of interest income that has accrued and is otherwise required to be taken into account with respect to a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security during an accrual period. The U.S. dollar value of the accrued income will be determined by translating the income at the average rate of exchange for the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the taxable year. A U.S. Holder may elect, however, to translate the accrued interest income using the exchange rate on the last day of the accrual period or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, using the exchange rate on the last day of the taxable year. If the last day of an accrual period is within five business days of the date of receipt of the accrued interest, a U.S. Holder may translate the interest using the exchange rate on the date of receipt. The above election will apply to all other debt obligations held by the U.S. Holder and may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors before making the above election. Upon receipt of an interest payment (including, upon the sale of the debt security, the receipt of proceeds which include amounts attributable to accrued interest previously included in income), the holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of such payment (determined by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date such payment is received) and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income previously included in income with respect to such payment. This gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

OID on a debt security that is also a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be determined for any accrual period in the applicable foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars, in the same manner as interest income accrued by a holder on the accrual basis, as described above (regardless of such holder’s regular method of accounting). A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss when OID is paid (including, upon the sale of such debt security, the receipt of proceeds which include amounts attributable to OID previously included in income) to the extent of the difference between the U.S. dollar value of such payment (determined by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate for such foreign currency on the date such payment is received) and the U.S. dollar value of the accrued OID (determined in the same manner as for accrued interest). For these purposes, all receipts on a debt security will be viewed: (i) first, as the receipt of any stated interest payment called for under the terms of the debt security, (ii) second, as receipts of previously accrued OID (to the extent thereof), with payments considered made for the earliest accrual periods first, and (iii) third, as the receipt of principal.

The amount of market discount on Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities includible in income generally will be determined by translating the market discount determined in the foreign currency into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the date the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is retired or otherwise disposed of. If a U.S. Holder elected to accrue market discount currently, then the amount which accrues is determined in the foreign currency and then translated into U.S. dollars on the basis of the average exchange rate in effect during such accrual period. A U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency exchange gain or loss with respect to market discount which is accrued currently using the approach applicable to the accrual of interest income as described above.

Amortizable bond premium on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be computed in the applicable foreign currency. If a U.S. Holder elected to amortize the premium, the amortizable bond premium will reduce interest income in the applicable foreign currency. At the time bond premium is amortized, foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be realized based on the difference between spot rates at such time and the time of acquisition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. If a U.S. Holder does not elect to amortize bond premium, the bond premium computed in the foreign currency must be translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the maturity date and such bond premium will constitute a capital loss which may be offset or eliminated by foreign currency exchange gain.

If a U.S. Holder purchases a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security with previously owned foreign currency, foreign currency exchange gain or loss (which will be treated as ordinary income or loss)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will be recognized in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the foreign currency used to purchase the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, determined on the date of purchase.

Upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition (less an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid interest not previously included in income, which will be treated as a payment of interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the adjusted tax basis in the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. The adjusted tax basis in a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will equal the amount paid for the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security, increased by the amounts of any market discount or OID previously included in income with respect to the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security and reduced by any amortized acquisition or other premium and any principal payments received in respect of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security. The amount of any payment in or adjustments measured by foreign currency will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of the purchase or adjustment. The amount realized will be based on the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency on the date the payment is received or the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is disposed of (or deemed disposed of as a result of a material change in the terms of the debt security). If, however, a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder uses the cash basis method of tax accounting, the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized will be determined by translating the foreign currency payment at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual basis method of tax accounting may elect the same treatment with respect to the purchase and sale of Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities traded on an established securities market, provided that the election is applied consistently.

Except with respect to market discount as discussed above, and the foreign currency rules discussed below, gain or loss recognized upon the sale, exchange, retirement, or other taxable disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition, the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security has been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder is generally taxed at preferential rates. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

A portion of the gain or loss with respect to the principal amount of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security may be treated as foreign currency exchange gain or loss. Foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be treated as ordinary income or loss. For these purposes, the principal amount of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security is the purchase price for the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security calculated in the foreign currency on the date of purchase, and the amount of exchange gain or loss recognized is equal to the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the principal amount determined on the date of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the principal amount determined on the date the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security was purchased. The amount of foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be limited to the amount of overall gain or loss realized on the disposition of the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security.

The tax basis in foreign currency received as interest on a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency determined at the spot rate in effect on the date the foreign currency is received. The tax basis in foreign currency received on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of a Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Security will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency, determined at the time of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition. As discussed above, if the Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities are traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (or, upon election, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency by translating the foreign currency received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition. Accordingly, in such case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and settlement date of a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of foreign currency (including its exchange for U.S. dollars or its use to purchase debt securities) will be ordinary income or loss.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Special rules may apply to Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities that are also treated as contingent payment debt instruments. For the special treatment, if any, of Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities that are also contingent payment debt securities, see the applicable prospectus supplement.

Additional Medicare tax on unearned income. Certain U.S. Holders, including individuals, estates and trusts, are subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on unearned income. For individual U.S. Holders, the additional Medicare tax applies to the lesser of (i) “net investment income” or (ii) the excess of “modified adjusted gross income” over $200,000 ($250,000 if married and filing jointly or $125,000 if married and filing separately). “Net investment income” generally equals the taxpayer’s gross investment income reduced by the deductions that are allocable to such income. Investment income generally includes passive income such as interest and capital gains. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in the debt securities.

Consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to Non-U.S. Holders of debt securities. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax considerations of acquiring, holding, and disposing of debt securities.

Payments of interest. Under current U.S. federal income tax law and subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, principal (and premium, if any) and interest payments, including any OID, that are received from us or our agent and that are not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax except as provided below. Interest, including any OID, may be subject to a 30% withholding tax (or less under an applicable treaty, if any) if:

•

a Non-U.S. Holder actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;

•

a Non-U.S. Holder is a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is related to us (directly or indirectly) through stock ownership;

•

a Non-U.S. Holder is a bank extending credit under a loan agreement in the ordinary course of its trade or business;

•

the interest payments on the debt security are determined by reference to the income, profits, changes in the value of property or other attributes of the debtor or a related party (other than payments that are based on the value of a security or index of securities that are, and will continue to be, actively traded within the meaning of Section 1092(d) of the Code, and that are not nor will be a “United States real property interest” as described in Section 897(c)(1) or 897(g) of the Code); or

•

the Non-U.S. Holder does not satisfy the certification requirements described below.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will satisfy the certification requirements if either: (A) the Non-U.S. Holder certifies to us or our agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is a non-United States person and provides its name and address (which certification may generally be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or a successor form), or (B) a securities clearing organization, bank, or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business (a “financial institution”) and holds the debt security certifies to us or our agent under penalties of perjury that either it or another financial institution has received the required statement from the Non-U.S. Holder certifying that it is a non-United States person and furnishes us with a copy of the statement.

Payments not meeting the requirements set forth above and thus subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may nevertheless be exempt from withholding (or subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) claiming an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the debt securities is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United

TABLE OF CONTENTS

States as discussed below. To claim benefits under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must obtain a taxpayer identification number and certify as to its eligibility under the appropriate treaty’s limitations on benefits article. In addition, special rules may apply to claims for treaty benefits made by Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Additional payments. If the amount or timing of any payments on a debt security is contingent, the interest payments on the debt security may be treated as “contingent interest” under Section 871(h)(4) of the Code, in which case such interest may not be eligible for the exemption from U.S. federal income and withholding tax, as described above (other than for a holder that otherwise claims an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of an income tax treaty). In certain circumstances, if specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will pay to a Non-U.S. Holder of any debt security additional amounts to ensure that every net payment on that debt security will not be less, due to the payment of U.S. federal withholding tax, than the amount then otherwise due and payable. See “Description of debt securities — Payment of additional amounts” above. However, because the likelihood that such payments will be made is remote, we do not believe that, because of these potential additional payments, the interest on the debt securities should be treated as contingent interest.

Sale, exchange, or retirement of debt securities. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any capital gain or market discount realized on the sale, exchange, retirement, or other disposition of debt securities, provided that: (a) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an individual, the Non-U.S. Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the debt security, and (c) the Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to tax pursuant to certain provisions of U.S. federal income tax law applicable to certain expatriates. An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange, or other disposition of a debt security, and if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of such debt security.

Income effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States. If a Non-U.S. Holder of a debt security is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and if interest (including any OID) on the debt security, or gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the debt security, is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest (including any OID) or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. holders should read the material under the heading “— Consequences to U.S. Holders,” for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of debt securities. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

Convertible, renewable, extendible, and other debt securities

Special U.S. federal income tax rules are applicable to certain other debt securities, including contingent Non-U.S. Dollar Denominated Debt Securities, debt securities that may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common or preferred stock or other securities and other debt securities that are subject to the rules governing contingent payment obligations which are not subject to the rules governing variable rate debt securities, any renewable and extendible debt securities and any debt securities providing for the periodic payment of principal over the life of the debt security. The material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these debt securities will be discussed in the applicable prospectus supplement.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Backup withholding and information reporting

In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, other than certain exempt holders, we and other payors are required to report to the IRS all payments of principal, any premium, and interest on the debt security, and the accrual of OID on an OID debt security. In addition, we and other payors generally are required to report to the IRS any payment of proceeds of the sale of a debt security before maturity. Additionally, backup withholding generally will apply to any payments, including payments of OID, if a U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct, the U.S. Holder is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns or a U.S. Holder does not certify that it has not underreported its interest and dividend income.

In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments made if the Non-U.S. Holder provides the required certification that it is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor or withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person, or that the conditions of any exemption are not satisfied. However, we and other payors are required to report payments of interest on the debt securities on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are not otherwise subject to information reporting requirements.

In addition, payments of the proceeds from the sale of a debt security to or through a foreign office of a broker or the foreign office of a custodian, nominee, or other dealer acting on behalf of a holder generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, if the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer is a United States person, the government of the United States or the government of any state or political subdivision of any state, or any agency or instrumentality of any of these governmental units, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign partnership that is either engaged in a trade or business within the United States or whose United States partners in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for a certain period is effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, or a United States branch of a foreign bank or insurance company, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will be required with respect to payments made to a holder unless the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has documentation of the holder’s foreign status and the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has no reason to know or actual knowledge to the contrary.

Payment of the proceeds from a sale of a debt security to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the holder certifies as to its non-United States person status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Taxation of common stock or preferred stock

This subsection describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the common stock or preferred stock offered in this prospectus.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to U.S. Holders of our common stock or preferred stock.

Distributions on common stock or preferred stock. Distributions made to U.S. Holders out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will be included in the income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income and will be subject to tax as ordinary income. Dividends received by an individual U.S. Holder that constitute “qualified dividend income” are generally subject to tax at a maximum rate of 20% applicable to net long-term capital gains, provided that certain

TABLE OF CONTENTS

holding period and other requirements are met. Dividends received by a corporate U.S. Holder, except as described in the next subsection, generally will be eligible for the 70% dividends-received deduction.

Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will not be taxable to a U.S. Holder to the extent that the distributions do not exceed the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares, but rather will reduce the adjusted tax basis of such shares. To the extent that distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits exceed the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares, such distributions will be included in income as capital gain. In addition, a corporate U.S. Holder will not be entitled to the dividends-received deduction on this portion of a distribution.

We will notify holders of our shares after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, qualified dividend income and nondividend distributions, if any.

Limitations on dividends-received deduction. A corporate U.S. Holder may not be entitled to take the 70% dividends-received deduction in all circumstances. Prospective corporate investors in our common stock or preferred stock should consider the effect of:

•

Section 246A of the Code, which reduces the dividends-received deduction allowed to a corporate U.S. Holder that has incurred indebtedness that is “directly attributable” to an investment in portfolio stock, which may include our common stock or preferred stock;

•

Section 246(c) of the Code, which, among other things, disallows the dividends-received deduction in respect of any dividend on a share of stock that is held for less than the minimum holding period (generally, for common stock, at least 46 days during the 90 day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend); and

•

Section 1059 of the Code, which, under certain circumstances, reduces the basis of stock for purposes of calculating gain or loss in a subsequent disposition by the portion of any “extraordinary dividend” (as defined below) that is eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

Extraordinary dividends. A corporate U.S. Holder will be required to reduce its tax basis (but not below zero) in our common stock or preferred stock by the nontaxed portion of any “extraordinary dividend” if the stock was not held for more than two years before the earliest of the date such dividend is declared, announced, or agreed. Generally, the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend is the amount excluded from income by operation of the dividends-received deduction. An extraordinary dividend generally would be a dividend that:

•

in the case of common stock, equals or exceeds 10% of the corporate U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within an 85 day period as one dividend; or

•

in the case of preferred stock, equals or exceeds 5% of the corporate U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the preferred stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within an 85 day period as one dividend; or

•

exceeds 20% of the corporate U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the stock, treating all dividends having ex-dividend dates within a 365 day period as one dividend.

In determining whether a dividend paid on stock is an extraordinary dividend, a corporate U.S. Holder may elect to substitute the fair market value of the stock for its tax basis for purposes of applying these tests if the fair market value as of the day before the ex-dividend date is established to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury. An extraordinary dividend also includes any amount treated as a dividend in the case of a redemption that is either non-pro rata as to all stockholders or in partial liquidation of the corporation, regardless of the stockholder’s holding period and regardless of the size of the dividend. Any part of the nontaxed portion of an extraordinary dividend that is not applied to reduce the corporate U.S. Holder’s tax basis as a result of the limitation on reducing its basis below zero would be treated as capital gain and would be recognized in the taxable year in which the extraordinary dividend is received.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to the possible application of the extraordinary dividend provisions of the Code to the ownership or disposition of common stock or preferred stock in their particular circumstances.

Sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition. Upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock or preferred stock (other than by redemption or repurchase by us), a U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of the shares. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in a share generally will be equal to the cost of the share to such U.S. Holder, which may be adjusted for certain subsequent events (for example, if the U.S. Holder receives a nondividend distribution, as described above). Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock or preferred stock generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by an individual U.S. Holder is generally taxed at preferential rates. The ability of U.S. Holders to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Redemption or repurchase of common stock or preferred stock. If we are permitted to and redeem or repurchase a U.S. Holder’s common stock or preferred stock, the redemption or repurchase generally would be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder would be treated as if it had sold its shares if the redemption or repurchase:

•

results in a complete termination of the U.S. Holder’s stock interest in us;

•

is substantially disproportionate with respect to the U.S. Holder; or

•

is not essentially equivalent to a dividend with respect to the U.S. Holder, in each case as determined under the Code.

In determining whether any of these tests has been met, shares of stock considered to be owned by a U.S. Holder by reason of certain constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 318 of the Code, as well as shares actually owned, must be taken into account.

If we redeem or repurchase a U.S. Holder’s shares in a redemption or repurchase that meets one of the tests described above, the U.S. Holder generally would recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the sum of the amount of cash and fair market value of property (other than our stock or the stock of a successor to us) received less the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the shares redeemed or repurchased. This gain or loss generally would be long-term capital gain or capital loss if the shares have been held for more than one year.

If a redemption or repurchase does not meet any of the tests described above, a U.S. Holder generally will be taxed on the cash and fair market value of the property received as a dividend to the extent paid out of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Any amount in excess of our current or accumulated earnings and profits would first reduce the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the shares and thereafter would be treated as capital gain. If a redemption or repurchase is treated as a distribution that is taxable as a dividend, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the redeemed or repurchased shares would be transferred to the remaining shares of our stock that the U.S. Holder owns, if any.

Special rules apply if we redeem our common stock or preferred stock for our debt securities. We will discuss any special U.S. federal income tax considerations in the applicable prospectus supplement if we have the option to redeem our common stock or preferred stock for our debt securities.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such as dividends and capital gains. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of the additional Medicare tax resulting from an investment in the preferred stock or common stock.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock or preferred stock.

Distributions on common stock or preferred stock. Distributions made to Non-U.S. Holders out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that is not effectively connected with the conduct by the Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, generally will be subject to U.S. federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower rate under an applicable treaty, if any). Payments subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may nevertheless be exempt from withholding (or subject to withholding at a reduced rate) if the Non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) claiming an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that a dividend paid on our shares is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, as discussed below.

To claim benefits under an income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must certify to us or our agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is a non-United States person and provide its name and address (which certification may generally be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or a successor form), obtain and provide a taxpayer identification number, and certify as to its eligibility under the appropriate treaty’s limitations on benefits article. In addition, special rules may apply to claims for treaty benefits made by Non-U.S. Holders that are entities rather than individuals. A Non-U.S. Holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any capital gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock, or preferred stock, provided that: (a) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or a permanent establishment maintained in the United States if certain tax treaties apply, (b) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an individual, the Non-U.S. Holder is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the shares, (c) the Non-U.S. Holder is not subject to tax pursuant to certain provisions of U.S. federal income tax law applicable to certain expatriates, and (d) we are not nor have we been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An individual Non-U.S. Holder who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange, or other disposition of our common stock or preferred stock and if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gains realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of such shares.

We would not be treated as a “United States real property holding corporation” if less than 50% of our assets throughout a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor. Even if we are treated as a “United States real property holding corporation,” a Non-U.S. Holder’s sale of our common stock or preferred stock nonetheless generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that (a) our stock owned is of a class that is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury regulations, on an established securities market, and (b) the selling Non-U.S. Holder held, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our outstanding stock of that class at all times during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition.

To the extent we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and a Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the class of stock and the non-U.S. Holder was

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not eligible for any treaty exemption, any gain on the sale of our common stock or preferred stock would be treated as effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, the treatment of which is described below, and the purchaser of the stock could be required to withhold 15% of the purchase price and remit such amount to the IRS.

We believe that we are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming, a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Income effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States. If a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock or preferred stock is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and if dividends on the shares, or gain realized on the sale, exchange, or other disposition of the shares, are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business (and, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided that the certification requirements discussed above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends or gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. Holder. Non-U.S. Holders should read the material under the heading “— Consequences to U.S. Holders” above for a description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock or preferred stock. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty) of a portion of its earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

Backup withholding and information reporting

In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, other than certain exempt holders, we and other payors are required to report to the IRS all payments of dividends on our common stock or preferred stock. In addition, we and other payors generally are required to report to the IRS any payment of proceeds of the sale of common stock or preferred stock. Additionally, backup withholding generally will apply to any dividend payment and to proceeds received on a sale or exchange if a U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number and certify that the taxpayer identification number is correct, the U.S. Holder is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns, or the U.S. Holder does not certify that it has not underreported its interest and dividend income.

In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to payments made if the Non-U.S. Holder provides the required certification that it is not a United States person, as described above, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the payor or withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person, or that the conditions of any exemption are not satisfied.

In addition, payments of the proceeds from the sale of our common stock or preferred stock to or through a foreign office of a broker or the foreign office of a custodian, nominee, or other dealer acting on behalf of a holder generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, if the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer is a United States person, the government of the United States or the government of any state or political subdivision of any state, or any agency or instrumentality of any of these governmental units, a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a foreign partnership that is either engaged in a trade or business within the United States or whose United States partners in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income for a certain period is effectively connected with a trade or business within the United States, or a United States branch of a foreign bank or insurance company, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will be required with respect to payments made to a holder unless the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has documentation of the holder’s foreign status and the broker, custodian, nominee, or other dealer has no reason to know or actual knowledge to the contrary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Payment of the proceeds from a sale of our common stock or preferred stock to or through the United States office of a broker is subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the holder certifies as to its non-United States person status or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Convertible preferred stock and other equity securities

Special U.S. federal income tax rules are applicable to certain other of our equity securities, including preferred stock convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other securities. The material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these securities will be discussed in the applicable pricing supplement. Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to these securities.

Taxation of warrants

The applicable prospectus supplement will contain a discussion of any special U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of warrants offered in this prospectus, including any tax considerations relating to the specific terms of the warrants. Investors considering the purchase of warrants we are offering should carefully examine the applicable prospectus supplement regarding the special U.S. federal income tax considerations, if any, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the warrants.

Investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences and the tax consequences of any other taxing jurisdiction relating to the ownership and disposition of warrants we are offering in light of their investment or tax circumstances.

Reportable transactions

Applicable Treasury regulations require taxpayers that participate in “reportable transactions” to disclose their participation to the IRS by attaching Form 8886 to their U.S. federal tax returns and to retain a copy of all documents and records related to the transaction. In addition, “material advisors” with respect to such a transaction may be required to file returns and maintain records, including lists identifying investors in the transactions, and to furnish those records to the IRS upon demand. A transaction may be a “reportable transaction” based on any of several criteria, one or more of which may be present with respect to an investment in the securities that we are offering. Whether an investment in these securities constitutes a “reportable transaction” for any investor depends on the investor’s particular circumstances. The Treasury regulations provide that, in addition to certain other transactions, a “loss transaction” constitutes a “reportable transaction.” A “loss transaction” is any transaction resulting in the taxpayer claiming a loss under Section 165 of the Code, in an amount equal to or in excess of certain threshold amounts, subject to certain exceptions. The Treasury regulations specifically provide that a loss resulting from a “Section 988 transaction” will constitute a Section 165 loss, and certain exceptions will not be available if the loss from sale or exchange is treated as ordinary under Section 988. In general, certain securities issued in a foreign currency will be subject to the rules governing foreign currency exchange gain or loss. Therefore, losses realized with respect to such a security may constitute a Section 988 transaction, and a holder of such a security that recognizes exchange loss in an amount that exceeds the loss threshold amount applicable to that holder may be required to file Form 8886. Investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning any possible disclosure obligation they may have with respect to their investment in the securities that we are offering and should be aware that, should any “material advisor” determine that the return filing or investor list maintenance requirements apply to such a transaction, they would be required to comply with these requirements.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) (sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code) imposes a 30% U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source payments, including interest (and OID), dividends, other fixed or determinable annual or periodical gain, profits, and income, and on the gross

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proceeds from a disposition of property of a type which can produce U.S. source interest or dividends (“Withholdable Payments”), if paid to a foreign financial institution (including amounts paid to a foreign financial institution on behalf of a holder), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to collect and provide to the Treasury certain information regarding U.S. financial account holders, including certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners, with such institution or otherwise complies with FATCA. FATCA also generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on Withholdable Payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

The Treasury and the IRS have announced that withholding on payments of gross proceeds from a sale or redemption of the debt securities will only apply to payments made after December 31, 2018. If we (or an applicable withholding agent) determine withholding under FATCA is appropriate, we (or such agent) will withhold tax at the applicable statutory rate, without being required to pay any additional amounts in respect of such withholding. Foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in the debt securities, preferred stock or common stock.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Plan of distribution

We may sell the securities offered under this prospectus:

•

through underwriters;

•

through dealers;

•

through agents; or

•

directly to purchasers.

Each prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities will state the terms of the offering, including:

•

the names of any underwriters, dealers, or agents;

•

the public offering or purchase price of the offered securities and the net proceeds that we will receive from the sale;

•

any underwriting discounts and commissions or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;

•

any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents; and

•

any securities exchange on which the offered securities may be listed.

Distribution through underwriters

We may offer and sell securities from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the securities as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If we sell securities to underwriters, we will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the applicable prospectus supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from us in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of securities for whom they may act as agent. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the securities unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the securities, they will be required to purchase all of the offered securities. The underwriters may acquire the securities for their own account and may resell the securities from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or varying prices determined at the time of sale. The underwriters may sell the offered securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions, or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

Distribution through dealers

We may offer and sell securities from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered securities to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. We will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Distribution through agents

We may offer and sell securities on a continuous basis through agents that become parties to an underwriting or distribution agreement. We will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by us in the applicable prospectus supplement. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, the agent will be acting on a best efforts basis during the appointment period.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Direct sales

We may sell directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters, as defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any resale of the securities. We will describe the terms of any sales of this kind in the applicable prospectus supplement.

General information

Underwriters, dealers, or agents participating in an offering of securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the offered securities for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

We may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. Securities may be sold in connection with a remarketing after their purchase by one or more firms including our affiliates, acting as principal for their own accounts or as our agent.

In connection with an underwritten offering of the securities, the underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, and syndicate covering transactions in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a short position for the underwriters. The underwriters may enter bids for, and purchase, securities in the open market in order to stabilize the price of the securities. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. In addition, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions, or otherwise. These activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. Those activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Ordinarily, each issue of securities will be a new issue, and there will be no established trading market for any security other than our common stock prior to its original issue date. We may not list any particular series of securities on a securities exchange or quotation system. Any underwriters to whom or agents through whom the offered securities are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered securities. However, any underwriters or agents that make a market will not be obligated to do so and may stop doing so at any time without notice. We cannot assure you that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered securities.

Under agreements entered into with us, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.

The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with us and our subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

Although we expect that delivery of securities generally will be made against payment on or about the third business day following the date of any contract for sale, we may specify a longer settlement cycle in the applicable prospectus supplement. Under Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange Act, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days, unless the parties to a trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, if we have specified a longer settlement cycle in the applicable prospectus supplement for an offering of securities, purchasers who wish to trade those securities on the date of the contract for sale, or on one or more of the next succeeding business days as we will specify in the applicable prospectus supplement, will be required, by virtue of the fact that those securities will settle in more than T+3, to specify an alternative settlement cycle at the time of the trade to prevent a failed settlement and should consult their own advisors in connection with that election.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ERISA considerations

A fiduciary of a pension plan or other employee benefit plan, including a governmental plan, an individual retirement account, or a Keogh plan, proposing to invest in the securities being offered should consider this section carefully. This summary is based on provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (commonly referred to as “ERISA”), and the Code as of the date of this prospectus. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to ERISA and the Code. No assurance can be given that future legislation, administrative regulations, or rulings or court decisions will not significantly modify the requirements summarized in this section. Any changes may be retroactive and could apply to transactions entered into prior to the date of their enactment or release.

The fiduciary investment considerations summarized in this section generally apply to private employee benefit plans, individual retirement accounts, and plans subject to Section 4975 of the Code, but generally do not apply to governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), and foreign plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA). However, these other plans may be subject to similar provisions under applicable federal, state, local, foreign, or other regulations, rules, or laws (“similar laws”). The following discussion focuses on issues affecting employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, but the fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to similar laws should also consider these issues in general terms as well as any further issues arising under the applicable similar laws.

Before authorizing an investment in the securities, fiduciaries of employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, which we refer to as “ERISA Plans,” should consider, among other factors, (a) the fiduciary standards under ERISA, (b) whether investment in the securities satisfies the prudence and diversification requirements of ERISA, and (c) whether such fiduciaries have authority to make the investment under the appropriate plan investment policies and governing instruments and under Title I of ERISA.

In determining whether an investment is prudent for purposes of ERISA, the fiduciaries of an ERISA Plan should consider all relevant facts and circumstances including, without limitation, whether the investment provides sufficient liquidity in light of the foreseeable needs of the ERISA Plan, and whether the investment is reasonably designed, as part of the ERISA Plan assets with respect to which the fiduciary has investment duties, to further the purposes of the ERISA Plan, taking into consideration (a) the risk of loss and the opportunity for gain (or other return) associated with the investment, (b) the ERISA Plan’s portfolio composition with regards to diversification, and (c) the projected return of the ERISA Plan’s total portfolio relative to the anticipated cash flow needs of the ERISA Plan. In addition, fiduciaries of ERISA Plans should determine whether the particular type of securities in which they propose to invest poses more specific concerns under ERISA. For example, a fiduciary of an ERISA Plan considering an investment in our subordinated debt securities should determine whether it holds any of our senior debt securities and how any such holdings and the exercise of rights thereunder might impact its proposed investment. We make no representation with respect to whether an investment in the securities would be a suitable investment for any ERISA Plan. It is the obligation of the fiduciaries of an ERISA Plan to consider whether an investment in the securities by the ERISA Plan, when judged in light of the overall portfolio of the ERISA Plan, will meet the prudence, diversification, and other applicable standards of ERISA.

In addition to making the threshold determination that the use of the assets of an ERISA Plan to acquire the securities is consistent with the fiduciary duties imposed by ERISA, a fiduciary should also consider the potential effects of the Plan Assets Regulation (as defined below) on the acquisition of such securities. For purposes of this discussion, we refer to ERISA Plans, together with individual retirement accounts or other plans that are not subject to ERISA but are subject to Section 4975 of the Code, as “Covered Plans,” and we refer to the assets of Covered Plans as “plan assets.”

The U.S. Department of Labor has issued a regulation that has been modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA, and which we refer to as the “Plan Assets Regulation,” with regard to whether the underlying assets of an entity in which a Covered Plan acquires an equity interest are deemed to be plan assets. Under this regulation, for purposes of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, when a Covered Plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, and the equity interest is neither a “publicly-offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Covered

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Plan’s assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity issuing the equity interest, unless it is established either that equity participation in the entity by “benefit plan investors” is not significant or that the entity is an “operating company,” in each case as defined in the Plan Assets Regulation.

The Plan Assets Regulation defines an “equity interest” as any interest in an entity other than an instrument (a) that is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law, (b) which has no substantial equity features, and (c) which specifically includes a beneficial interest in a trust. Debt securities incorporating substantial equity features are generally subject to the Plan Assets Regulation to the same extent as equity interests. In addition, debt securities that are convertible into equity interests may similarly become subject to the Plan Assets Regulation at the time of their conversion. If our assets or the assets of a trust or other vehicle through which the securities are offered were deemed to be “plan assets” of investing Covered Plans, the persons providing services in connection with such assets might be considered “parties in interest” or “disqualified persons” with respect to an investing Covered Plan and could be governed by the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code with respect to transactions involving those assets. If this were the case, and if anyone with discretionary responsibilities over the assets were affiliated with Chemours, any discretionary actions undertaken by that person regarding those assets could be deemed to be a prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code (e.g., the use of fiduciary authority or responsibility in circumstances under which that person has interests that may conflict with the interests of the investing Covered Plan and affect the exercise of that person’s best judgment as a fiduciary).

An exception to plan asset status under the Plan Assets Regulation applies to a class of “equity” interests that are “publicly-offered securities.” Publicly-offered securities are defined as securities that are:

•

widely held, i.e., owned by more than 100 investors independent of the issuer and of each other;

•

freely transferable; and

•

sold to a Covered Plan as part of an offering under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and then timely registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

We will specify in the applicable prospectus supplement for an offering of securities if the underwriters in that offering expect that an investment in the securities may constitute an “equity interest” and, if so, whether the securities meet the criteria of “publicly-offered securities” above. However, we can give no assurance in that regard.

Beyond the considerations described above, ERISA and the Code prohibit certain transactions (referred to as “prohibited transactions”) involving the assets of Covered Plans. Persons who have certain specified relationships to a Covered Plan are “parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA or “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code. If we or any of our affiliates are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to a Covered Plan, then the investment in our securities by the Covered Plan may give rise to a prohibited transaction. There are several ways by which we or any of our affiliates may be considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to a Covered Plan. For example, if we act as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary role for the Covered Plan’s plan assets, we may be considered a party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to that Covered Plan, depending on whether the Covered Plan is an individual retirement account or another type of employee benefit plan.

The U.S. Department of Labor has issued various prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) that may provide exemptive relief for direct or indirect prohibited transactions resulting from the purchase or holding of the securities. Among these class exemptions are the following:

•

PTCE 96–23, for specified transactions determined by in-house asset managers;

•

PTCE 95–60, for specified transactions involving insurance company general accounts;

•

PTCE 91–38, for specified transactions involving bank collective investment funds;

•

PTCE 90–1, for specified transactions involving insurance company separate accounts;

TABLE OF CONTENTS

•

PTCE 84–14, for specified transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers; and

•

ERISA § 408(b)(17); Code § 4975(d)(20)—statutory exemption for certain transactions with service providers.

There also may be other statutory or administrative exemptions available depending on the particular circumstances.

The securities may not be purchased or held by any Covered Plan, any entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of any Covered Plan’s investment in the entity (a “Plan Asset Entity”), or any person investing “plan assets” of any Covered Plan if that transaction would cause a prohibited transaction, unless the purchaser or holder is eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the class exemptions (or some other applicable exemption) and the conditions of the exemption are satisfied or the requirements regarding insurance company general accounts are satisfied so that the securities held by the purchaser or holder do not constitute plan assets. In addition, neither a Covered Plan nor a Plan Asset Entity will be eligible to purchase the securities if any entity related to us is acting as a fiduciary with respect to the purchase or is an employer or party in interest or disqualified person with respect to the Covered Plan or Plan Asset Entity, unless one or more of the class exemptions (or another applicable exemption) is available and the conditions of that exemption are satisfied.

Any purchaser or holder of the securities or any interest in the securities will be deemed to have represented by its purchase and holding that either:

•

it is not a Covered Plan or a Plan Asset Entity and is not purchasing the securities on behalf of or with “plan assets” of any Covered Plans; or

•

it is eligible for the exemptive relief available under one or more of the class exemptions (or some other applicable exemption) with respect to the purchase or holding of securities if a Covered Plan’s acquisition of the securities would otherwise cause a non-exempt prohibited transaction.

In addition, any purchaser that is a Covered Plan or that is acquiring the securities on behalf of a Covered Plan, including any fiduciary purchasing on behalf of a Covered Plan, will be deemed to have represented, in its corporate and its fiduciary capacity, by its purchase and holding of the securities that (a) neither Chemours, nor any underwriter, dealer or agent, nor any of their affiliates (collectively the “Seller”) is a “fiduciary” (under Section 3(21) of ERISA, or under any final or proposed regulations thereunder, or with respect to a governmental, church, or foreign plan under any Similar Laws) with respect to the acquisition, holding or disposition of the securities, or as a result of any exercise by the Seller of any rights in connection with the securities, (b) no advice provided by the Seller has formed a primary basis for any investment decision by or on behalf of such purchaser in connection with the securities and the transactions contemplated with respect to the securities, and (c) such purchaser recognizes and agrees that any communication from the Seller to the purchaser with respect to the securities is not intended by the Seller to be impartial investment advice and is rendered in its capacity as a seller of such securities and not a fiduciary to such purchaser.

This discussion is a general summary of some of the rules which apply to benefit plans and their related investment vehicles. This summary does not include all of the investment considerations relevant to Covered Plans and should not be construed as legal advice or a legal opinion. If you are the fiduciary of an ERISA plan or a plan subject to similar laws, or an insurance company that is providing investment advice or other features to an ERISA plan or a plan subject to similar laws, and you propose to invest in the securities described in this prospectus with the assets of the plan, you should consult your own advisors for further guidance.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Where you can find more information

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC covering the securities to be offered and sold using this prospectus. You should refer to this registration statement and its exhibits for additional information about us. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Because the prospectus may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents, which we have included as exhibits to the registration statement.

We file annual, quarterly, and special reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document that we file with the SEC at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You also may inspect our filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. The reports and other information we file with the SEC also are available through our website, www.chemours.com. We have included the SEC’s web address and our web address as inactive textual references only. Except as specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus, information on those websites is not part of this prospectus.

You also can inspect reports and other information we file at the offices of The New York Stock Exchange LLC, 20 Broad Street, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10005, on which our stock is listed.

The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the information we file with it. This means that:

•

incorporated documents are considered part of this prospectus;

•

we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents; and

•

information that we file with the SEC automatically will update and supersede this incorporated information and information in this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below which were filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act:

•

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016;

•

our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017;

•

our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2017, April 3, 2017 and May 1, 2017; and

•

the description of our common stock which is contained in our Information Statement filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 dated June 5, 2015 including any amendment or report filed for purposes of updating such description.

You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial position, and results of operations may have changed since that date.

You may request a copy of any filings referred to above (excluding exhibits), at no cost, by contacting us at the following address:

David C. Shelton
SVP, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
The Chemours Company
1007 Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19899
(302) 773-1000
E-mail: david.c.shelton@chemours.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the federal securities law, that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “project” and similar expressions, among others, generally identify “forward-looking statements,” which speak only as of the date the statements were made. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and in the section titled, “Risk Factors.”

Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and expectations of future events which may not be accurate or realized. Forward-looking statements also involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond Chemours’ control. Important factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:

•

Fluctuations in energy and raw material prices;

•

Failure to develop and market new products and optimally manage product life cycles;

•

Our substantial indebtedness and availability of borrowing facilities, including access to our revolving credit facilities;

•

Uncertainty regarding the availability of additional financing in the future, and the terms of such financing;

•

Negative rating agency actions;

•

Significant litigation and environmental matters, including indemnifications we were required to assume;

•

Failure to appropriately manage process safety and product stewardship issues;

•

Changes in laws and regulations or political conditions;

•

Global economic and capital markets conditions, such as inflation, interest and currency exchange rates, and commodity prices, as well as regulatory requirements;

•

Currency related risks;

•

Business or supply disruptions and security threats, such as acts of sabotage, terrorism or war, weather events and natural disasters;

•

Ability to protect, defend and enforce Chemours’ intellectual property rights;

•

Increased competition and increasing consolidation of our core customers;

•

Changes in relationships with our significant customers and suppliers;

•

Significant or unanticipated expenses, including but not limited to litigation or legal settlement expenses;

•

Our ability to predict, identify and interpret changes in consumer preference and demand;

•

Our ability to realize the expected benefits of the separation;

•

Our ability to complete proposed divestitures or acquisitions and our ability to realize the expected benefits of acquisitions if they are completed;

•

Our ability to deliver cost savings as anticipated, whether or not on the timelines proposed;

•

Our ability to pay a dividend and the amount of any such dividend declared; and

•

Disruptions in our information technology networks and systems.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, there may be other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to identify at this time or that we do not currently expect to have a material impact on our business. Chemours assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement for any reason, except as required by law.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal matters

The legality of the securities being registered will be passed upon for The Chemours Company by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York. Certain U.S. federal income tax matters will be passed upon for The Chemours Company by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York, special tax counsel to The Chemours Company. The underwriters or agents will be represented by their own legal counsel.

Experts

The financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this prospectus by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 have been so incorporated in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Chemours Company

$500,000,000 % Senior Notes due 2027

Prospectus Supplement

Credit Suisse	J.P. Morgan	Citigroup
Barclays		TD Securities
HSBC	Mizuho Securities	RBC Capital Markets

May , 2017